Topics
All
Mac OS X
(Only)
Windows
(Only)
Linux
(Only, Not)
iOS
(Only, Not)
Components
Crossplatform Mac & Win
Server (Not)
Client
Old
Guides
Examples
New in version:
6.5
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
8.0
8.1
8.2
Statistic
Functions supported on Mac OS X
The functions listed below work when being used with Mac OS X, either client or server.
| Name | Description | Version |
|---|---|---|
| AVAsset.AvailableMetadataFormats | Returns a list representing available metadata formats. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Duration | Returns the duration of a asset in seconds. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Framerate | Looks for first video track and reports the nominal frame rate. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.HasProtectedContent | Queries whether the asset has protected content. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Image | Returns an image for the asset at or near a specified time. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.ImageActualTime | Queries actual time for image. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.IsComposable | Queries whether this asset can be used in compositions. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsExportable | Indicates whether the asset can be exported. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsPlayable | Checks whether the asset, or its URL, can be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsReadable | Checks whether the asset’s media data can be extracted | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Loaded | Queries load status of asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Lyrics | Queries the lyrics of the asset suitable for the current locale. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Metadata | Queries metadata. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.MetadataKeys | Queries metadata keys. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalHeight | Queries the natural height of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalWidth | Queries the natural width of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenContainer | Opens a movie from a container. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenFile | Opens an asset from a file. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenURL | Opens a movie from URL. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredRate | Queries the natural rate at which the asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredVolume | Queries the preferred volume at which the audible media of asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Release | Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.RequestImageTimePrecision | Requests to use high precision for timing of images. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.TimeCodes | Reads time codes from asset. | 5.4 |
| AVAsset.TrackCount | Queries the track count. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.TrackInfo | Queries track details. | 7.4 |
| AVAsset.URL | Queries the URL used to open this asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.WaitForLoaded | Waits for file to be loaded. | 8.0 |
| AVExport.AllExportPresets | Queries list of all supported presets. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.CancelExport | Cancels the execution of an export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Duration | Queries duration of the asset. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Error | Queries the error that occurred if the export status is Failed. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.EstimatedOutputFileLength | Queries the estimated byte size of exported file. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportAsynchronously | Starts export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSession | Creates a new export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSessionMerge | Creates a new export session. | 6.2 |
| AVExport.GetOutputFileType | Queries the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputPath | Queries the current output path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputURL | Queries the current output URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse | Queries whether video should be network optimized. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetTimeRange | Queries time range to export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.OutputFileExtension | Queries preferred file extension for current export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.PresetName | Returns the name of the preset used. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Progress | Queries current progress. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Release | Frees the session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputFileType | Sets the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputPath | Sets the output file path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputURL | Sets the output file URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse | Whether to optimize video for network use. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetTimeRange | Specifies a time range to be exported from the source. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Status | Queries status of export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SupportedFileTypes | Queries supported file type for this export session. | 6.1 |
| AVPlayer.FindPlayers | Finds all players in current window. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetAsset | Queries the current asset. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetDuration | Queries the length of the video in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedFileName | Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedScriptName | Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetMuted | Queries mute state. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressEvaluate | Queries expression to run on playback. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressInterval | Queries progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetRate | Queries playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetTime | Queries current time in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetVolume | Queries current volume. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenContainer | Opens the audio file from a container. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenFile | Opens an audio file. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenURL | Opens the movie with the given URL. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Pause | Pauses playback. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Play | Plays sound. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Release | Releases the audio player. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.ReleaseAll | Releases all movies in memory. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when playback is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedScript | Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetMuted | Sets mute status. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressEvaluate | Sets the expression to evaluate on progress. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressInterval | Sets the progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetRate | Sets the playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetTime | Sets the current time. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetVolume | Sets the volume. | 7.1 |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewToWindow | Adds a preview area to the window. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceCount | Queries number of audio devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceInfo | Queries details about audio device. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.CaptureStillPhoto | Captures a still image. | 6.2 |
| AVRecorder.ClosePreview | Closes the preview view. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetAudioDevice | Queries name of audio device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring | Queries whether automatically mirroring is enabled. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetFilePath | Queries the current file path. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoDevice | Queries name of video device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoMirrored | Queries whether video should be mirrored. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.Init | Starts a new recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsRecording | Queries whether we are recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsVideoMirroringSupported | Queres whether video mirroring is supported. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.Release | Releases a recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetAudioDevice | Sets the audio device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring | Set wether to allow automatically mirroring. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetFilePath | Sets the file path for recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoDevice | Sets the video device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoMirrored | Sets mirror state. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.StartPreview | Starts the preview. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StartRecording | Starts recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StopRecording | Stops recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceCount | Queries number of video devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceInfo | Queries details about video device. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.Account.Name | Queries name of account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Account.Type | Queries type identifier for account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Account.URL | Queries base URL for account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Account.isMainAccount | Queries whether this is main account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.LocalizedPropertyOrLabel | Queries a localized name for a label or property. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.NewGroup | Creates a new group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.NewPerson | Creates a new person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.Notification.Clear | Clears the registered notification script. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.Evaluate | Installs a notification evaluate. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetChangedExternally | Queries if the last notification script call was caused by a changed in another app. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetDeletedRecords | Queries list of deleted records. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetInsertedRecords | Queries list of inserted records. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetProcessID | Queries the process ID. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetProcessName | Queries the process name. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetUpdatedRecords | Queries list of updated records. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetUserUID | Queries the user ID. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.Set | Installs a notification script. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Record.Account | Queries account identifier for record. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.addRecord | Adds an person or group record to the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.allAccounts | Queries list of account identifies for all accounts. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.defaultAccount | Queries default account identifier. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.enabledAccounts | Queries list of account identifies for enabled accounts. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.formattedAddress | Returns an attributed string containing the formatted address. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.addMember | Adds a person to a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.addSubgroup | Adds a subgroup to another group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.members | Returns an array of persons in a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.parentGroups | Returns an array containing a group's parents—that is, the groups that a group belongs to. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.removeMember | Removes a person from a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.removeSubgroup | Removes a subgroup from a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.subgroups | Returns an array containing a group's subgroups. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.groups | Returns an array of all the groups in the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.hasUnsavedChanges | Indicates whether an address book has changes that have not been saved to the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.me | Returns the person record that represents the logged-in user. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.New | Creates a new multivalue object. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.addAddress | Adds an address and its label to a multivalue list. | 5.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.addValue | Adds a value and its label to a multivalue list. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.count | Returns the number of entries in a multivalue list. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.identifierAtIndex | Returns the identifier for the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.identifiers | Returns the list of all identifiers. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.indexForIdentifier | Returns the index for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.insertValue | Inserts a value and its label at the given index in a multivalue list. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.labelAtIndex | Returns the label for the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.labelForIdentifier | Returns the label for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.labels | Returns the list of all labels. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.primaryIdentifier | Returns the identifier for the primary value. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.removeValueAndLabelAtIndex | Removes the value and label at the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.replaceLabelAtIndex | Replaces the label at the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.replaceValueAtIndex | Replaces the value at the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.setPrimaryIdentifier | Sets the primary value to be the value for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.valueAtIndex | Returns the value for the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.valueForIdentifier | Returns the value for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.valueForLabel | Returns value for label. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.values | Returns the list of all values. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.people | Returns an array of all the people in the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.persistentAccounts | Queries list of account identifies for persistent accounts. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.person.EditInAddressbook | Launches Addressbook/Contacts application to edit this person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.ExternalUID | Queries external UID for person. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.person.GetImage | Returns data that contains a picture of this person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.SetBirthdayComponents | Sets the birthday data components. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.person.SetImage | Sets the image for this person to the given image. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.ShowInAddressbook | Launches Addressbook/Contacts application to show this person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.linkedPeople | Returns the array of all person records that are linked to the person this record represents. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.parentGroups | Returns an array of the address book groups that this person belongs to. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.vCardRepresentation | Returns the vCard representation of the person record as a data object in vCard format. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.personFromVCardRepresentation | Creates an Person instance initialized with the given data. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.personFromVCardTextRepresentation | Creates an Person instance initialized with the given text. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.record.SetValueForProperty | Sets the value of a given property for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.UniqueID | Returns the unique ID for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.displayname | Convenience function to return a display name for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.isReadOnly | Returns whether a record is read-only. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.removeValueForProperty | Removes the value for a given property. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.valueForProperty | Returns the value of a given property for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.recordsMatchingSearchElement | Searches matching records. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.removeRecord | Removes an person or group record from the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.save | Saves all the changes made since the last save. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.searchElementForConjunction | Joins several search elements. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.searchElementForProperty | Creates a new search element. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.searchGroupsWithName | Searches groups matching the group name. | 3.3 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithCreationDate | Searches for people in addressbook with creation date between both dates. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithEmail | Searches all people with given email address. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithModificationDate | Searches for people in addressbook with creation date between both dates. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithName | Searches people matching the first and/or last name. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.searchPersonWithExternalUID | Searches addressbook for given external ID. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.setMe | Sets the record that represents the logged-in user. | 3.1 |
| App.CancelUserAttentionRequest | Cancels a previous user attention request. | 6.1 |
| App.EffectiveUserID | Queries effective user ID. | 8.0 |
| App.GetDockBadgeLabel | Returns the tile's current badge label. | 2.6 |
| App.GetDockIcon | Queries the dock icon. | 3.2 |
| App.GetProcessName | Queries the name of the application. | 3.2 |
| App.GetProcessPath | Queries the path of the application. | 3.5 |
| App.MemoryUsed | Queries amount of memory used. | 6.5 |
| App.OpenFile | Asks app to open a given file. | 7.4 |
| App.ProcessID | Queries process ID. | 8.0 |
| App.RequestUserAttention | Starts a user attention request. | 6.1 |
| App.SetDockBadgeLabel | Sets the string to be displayed in the tile's badging area. | 2.6 |
| App.SetDockIcon | Sets the image for the dock icon for this application. | 3.2 |
| App.SetProcessName | Sets the name of the current application. | 3.2 |
| App.UserID | Queries user ID. | 8.0 |
| AppleScript.Close | Removes a Script from memory. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.Compile | Compiles the script and returns the Script ID. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.Execute | Executes an AppleScript that was previously compiled using the AppleScript.Compile function. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.GetPropertyName | Queries name of property with given index. | 4.2 |
| AppleScript.GetPropertyValue | Queries property value text. | 4.2 |
| AppleScript.LastError | Returns the last error code. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.LastErrorMessage | Returns the last error message. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.PropertyCount | Queries the number of properties in the script. | 4.2 |
| AppleScript.Run | The function compiles the AppleScript text and runs it. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.SetPropertyValue | Sets property value with new text. | 4.2 |
| Audit.Changed | Log record change. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Changed2 | Same as Audit.Changed, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.ClearCaches | Clears internal caches for audit functions. | 3.1 |
| Audit.Delete | Log record deletion. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Delete2 | Same as Audit.Delete, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.FieldNameForID | Looks up the Audit cache for a field ID. | 8.0 |
| Audit.GetEnabled | Queries enable status. | 7.1 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreCalculations | Queries whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreSummaryFields | Queries whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames | Queries the state of the underscore ignore setting. | 5.3 |
| Audit.GetIgnoredFieldNames | Queries list of ignored field names. | 7.3 |
| Audit.GetLogAccess | Queries whether plugin logs access. | 4.1 |
| Audit.GetUUIDField | Queries UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.SetEnabled | Turns audit globally on or off. | 7.1 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreCalculations | Set whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreSummaryFields | Set whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames | Sets whether to ignore all field names whose name starts with underscore character. | 5.3 |
| Audit.SetIgnoredFieldNames | Sets the ignored field names. | 2.8 |
| Audit.SetLogAccess | Sets whether access is logged. | 4.1 |
| Audit.SetUUIDField | Sets the UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.TableNameForID | Looks up the Audit cache for a table ID. | 8.0 |
| Backdrop.Close | Closes the backdrop window. | 2.1 |
| Backdrop.Install | Installs the backdrop window. | 2.1 |
| Barcode.Detect | Detects a barcode. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.DrawBarcode | Draws a barcode into a PDF page. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.EANChecksum | Calculates checksum for EAN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.Generate | Generates a barcode. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.GetInputMode | Queries input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetOption | Queries option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetPrimary | Queries primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.ISBNChecksum | Calculates checksum for ISBN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.SetInputMode | Sets input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOption | Sets option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOptions | Sets options for barcode creation. | 4.3 |
| Barcode.SetPrimary | Sets primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.UPCChecksum | Calculates checksum for UPC barcodes. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.WriteFile | Generates a barcode and writes to file. | 4.3 |
| BinaryFile.Append | Opens a file to append data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Close | Closes a file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Create | Creates a new file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.EOF | Queries whether we are at the end of the current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Length | Queries length of current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Open | Opens an existing file for reading. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Position | Queries current file position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadByte | Reads a single byte from the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadContainer | Read some data and interpret them as container. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadFloat | Reads a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadHex | Read data and returns as hex text. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadInt | Reads an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadPDF | Reads data as PDF. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadText | Reads text from file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Seek | Moves file pointer to new position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteByte | Writes a single byte value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteContainer | Writes a container value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteFloat | Writes a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteHex | Writes hex encoded data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteInt | Writes an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteText | Writes a text file with the given text. | 7.3 |
| CGImageSource.Count | Queries number of images in this image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithData | Creates an image source that reads from a container. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithPath | Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a Path. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithURL | Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a URL. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.ImageAtIndex | Returns the image associated with the specified index in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Keys | Queries the list of keys for all the properties in the image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Property | Queries the value of a property. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Release | Closes image source and releases memory. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Status | Return the status of an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.SupportedTypes | Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image sources. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.ThumbnailAtIndex | Creates a thumbnail image of the image located at a specified location in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Type | Queries the type of the image source. | 3.4 |
| CGPSConverter.Convert | Converts PostScript to PDF. | 2.4 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancel | Cancels a pending geocoding request. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancelled | Whether the request was cancelled. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Close | Closes a request and frees memory. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Distance | Returns the distance (in meters) of the two locations. | 6.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Done | Queries whether the request is finished. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Error | Checks if this request got an error. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ErrorMessage | Queries the error message of the geocoder. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.GeocodeAddressString | Submits a forward-geocoding request using the specified string. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkCount | Queries the number of placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkValue | Queries a value of the placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ReverseGeocodeLocation | Submits a reverse-geocoding request for the specified location. | 4.1 |
| CUPS.CancelJob | Cancel a print job on the default server. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetDefaultPrinterName | Get the default printer or class for the default server. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobCompletionTime | Queries the completion time of the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobCreationTime | Queries the creation time of the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobFormat | Queries job's document format. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobID | Queries job number. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobIndex | Queries job index for ID. | 7.4 |
| CUPS.GetJobPrinter | Queries job's printer name. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobPriority | Queries job's priority. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobProcessingTime | Queries the processing time of the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobSize | Queries job size. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobState | Queries job state. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobTitle | Queries job title. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobUser | Queries which user submitted the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobsCount | Selects some jobs and returns the count of jobs found. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetPrinterCount | Queries number of printers. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetPrinterDefault | Queries whether this printer is the default printer. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetPrinterName | Queries the name of this printer. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.LastErrorCode | Return the last IPP status code. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.LastErrorMessage | Return the last status-message. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.PrintData | Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.PrintDataEncoding | Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | 6.3 |
| CUPS.PrintFile | Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | 2.5 |
| CURL.AddInputFile | Adds input to file data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputGIF | Adds input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.AddInputJPEG | Adds input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputPDF | Adds input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.AddInputPNG | Adds input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputText | Adds input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.7 |
| CURL.Cancel | Cancels a running transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Check | Checks for curl events. | 5.2 |
| CURL.Cleanup | End a CURL session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.CloseDebugFile | Closes the debug output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseHeaderFile | Closes the header output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseInputFile | Closes the input file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseOutputFile | Closes the data output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateDebugOutputFile | Creates output file for writing debug messages. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateHeaderOutputFile | Creates output file for writing header text. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateOutputFile | Creates output file for downloading data. | 2.6 |
| CURL.ErrorCode | Returns the last CURL error code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ErrorMessage | Returns the last CURL error message. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainer | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainerContentType | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFile | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFileContentType | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyText | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyTextContentType | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValue | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValueContentType | Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormFinish | Finishes constructing a form. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetActiveSocket | Receive the active socket used by this curl session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetAppConnectTime | Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the SSL/SSH connect/handshake to the remote host was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFileName | Queries current file name. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFilePath | Queries current file path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchDestinationPath | Queries destination path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchFileNames | Queries list of file names downloaded. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetCertInfo | Queries information on the certificate chain. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetConditionUnmet | Get the number 1 if the condition provided in the previous request didn't match. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetConnectTime | Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the connect to the remote host (or proxy) was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthDownload | Get the content-length of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthUpload | Get the specified size of the upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentType | Get the content-type of the downloaded object. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetCookieList | Get list of all cookies cURL known (expired ones, too). | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugAsText | Returns the debug output of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugLength | Queries the current length in bytes of the debug messages buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithData | Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithProgress | Queries whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithTime | Queries whether times are included in debug messages. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetEffectiveURL | Get the last used effective URL. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFTPEntryPath | Get a string holding the path of the entry path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFileTime | Get the remote time of the retrieved document. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFinishedEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetFinishedFileName | Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFinishedScriptName | Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFormData | Queries form data as it would be sent currently. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHTTPAuthAvail | Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPConnectCode | Get the last received proxy response code to a CONNECT request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPVersion | Queries http version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHeaderAsText | Returns the headers of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaderLength | Queries the current length in bytes of the header buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaderSize | Get the total size of all the headers received. Measured in number of bytes. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetInputAsText | Returns the input of the transaction as text. | 2.8 |
| CURL.GetInputLength | Queries the current length in bytes of the input buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLastSocket | Queries last used socket handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetLocalIP | Get a string holding the local (source) IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLocalPort | Get the local (source) port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize | Queries chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize | Queries content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConnects | Queries max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections | Queries max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength | Queries max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections | Queries max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionPipelining | Queries pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiRunningTransfers | Queries running transfers count. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetNameLookupTime | Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the name resolving was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetNumConnects | Query how many new connections libcurl had to create to achieve the previous transfer (only the successful connects are counted). | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOSErrNo | Get the errno variable from a connect failure. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOptionConnectTo | Queries connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTP200Aliases | Queries HTTP 200 aliases list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTPHeader | Queries HTTP request headers. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionMailRecipients | Queries mail recipients list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPostQuote | Queries post quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPreQuote | Queries pre quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionProxyHeader | Queries proxy header request list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionQuote | Queries quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionResolve | Queries resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionTelnetOptions | Queries telnet options list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetPreTransferTime | Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the file transfer is just about to begin. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryIP | Get the string holding the IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryPort | Get the destination port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentDownload | Queries current number of bytes downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentUpload | Queries current number of bytes uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetProgressFileName | Queries progress script file name. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressPercent | Queries progress in percent. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressScriptName | Queries script name to be called for progress. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalDownload | Queries total number of bytes to download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalUpload | Queries total number of bytes to upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProtocol | Queries protocol used. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetProxyAuthAvail | Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available for your proxy authentication. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProxySSLVerifyResult | Queries result of proxy ssl verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPCSEQRecv | Query RTSP sequence counter received. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPClientCSEQ | Query RTSP Client sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPServerCSEQ | Query RTSP Server sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPSessionID | Query RTSP session ID. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRedirectCount | Get the total number of redirections that were actually followed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectTime | Get the total time, in seconds, it took for all redirection steps include name lookup, connect, pretransfer and transfer before final transaction was started. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectURL | Get the URL a redirect would take you to if you would enable CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRequestSize | Get the total size of the issued requests. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResponseCode | Get the last received HTTP or FTP code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsContainer | Returns the result of the transaction as container value with auto detection of type. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetResultAsData | Returns the result of the transaction as data file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsEmail | Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as email. | 5.3 |
| CURL.GetResultAsGIF | Returns the result of the transaction as GIF image. | 3.1 |
| CURL.GetResultAsJPEG | Returns the result of the transaction as JPEG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPDF | Returns the result of the transaction as PDF. | 4.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPNG | Returns the result of the transaction as PNG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsText | Returns the result of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultLength | Queries the current length in bytes of the result buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSSLEngines | Get a linked-list of OpenSSL crypto-engines supported. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSSLVerifyResult | Get the result of the certification verification that was requested. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetScheme | Queries scheme. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetSizeDownload | Get the total amount of bytes that were downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSizeUpload | Get the total amount of bytes that were uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedDownload | Get the average download speed that curl measured for the complete download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedUpload | Get the average upload speed that curl measured for the complete upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetStartTransferTime | Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the first byte is received by libcurl. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetTag | Queries the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetTotalTime | Get the total time in seconds for the previous transfer, including name resolving, TCP connect etc. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Host | Queries host value from compiling. | 2.5 |
| CURL.IsRunning | Checks whether a transfer is still running. | 2.5 |
| CURL.LibIDNVersion | Queried LibIDN version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSHVersion | Queries SSH library version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSLVersion | Returns SSL Library version. | 2.5 |
| CURL.List | Lists all IDs of current CURL transfers. | 5.4 |
| CURL.New | Start a new CURL easy session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.NumberOfRunningTransfers | Queries number of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.OpenInputFile | Opens file for reading data needed for upload, email sending or HTTP Post. | 2.6 |
| CURL.Perform | Perform a file transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.PerformAsync | Perform a curl transfer asynchronously. | 5.2 |
| CURL.PerformInBackground | Perform a file transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Protocols | Queries list of supported protocols. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ReceiveData | Receives raw data on a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.ReceiveText | Receives raw data on a connection as text. | 7.2 |
| CURL.Reset | Resets the CURL session. | 5.2 |
| CURL.RunningTransfers | Queries list of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SendData | Sends raw data over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SendText | Sends raw data with text over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetBatchDestinationPath | Sets the destination path for batch downloads. | 7.0 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithData | Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithProgress | Sets whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithTime | Sets wether times are included in debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetFinishedEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetFinishedScript | Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetInputFile | Sets input to file data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputGIF | Sets input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.SetInputJPEG | Sets input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputPDF | Sets input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.SetInputPNG | Sets input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputText | Sets input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize | Sets chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize | Sets content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConnects | Sets max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections | Sets max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength | Sets max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections | Sets max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionPipelining | Sets pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAbstractUnixSocket | Sets path to an abstract Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptEncoding | Enables automatic decompression of HTTP downloads. | 7.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptTimeoutMS | Sets time-out for accept. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAddressScope | Sets the IPv6 scope_id. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAppend | Whether to append file instead of overwriting it. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAutoReferer | Set whether to set automatically the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionBufferSize | Sets the buffer size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAINFO | Sets a path to find certificate file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAPATH | Sets the certificate directory. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLF | Whether to convert newline characters. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLFile | Sets the CRL file path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCertInfo | Whether to collect certificate information. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectOnly | Connect only. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTimeoutMS | Sets the connection timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTo | Sets the connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectionTimeout | Sets the connection timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookie | Sets the cookie for the current http transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieFile | Sets the cookie file location. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieJar | Sets the cookie storage file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieList | Sets the cookie string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieSession | Set to 1 to mark this as a new cookie "session". | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCustomRequest | Sets a custom request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSCacheTimeout | Sets the DNS Cache Timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSInterface | Set the name of the network interface that the DNS resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv4 | Set the local IPv4 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv6 | Set the local IPv6 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSServers | Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDefaultProtocol | Set the protocol used when curl is given a URL without a protocol. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDirListOnly | Whether to only query names in file listing. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionEGDSocket | Sets a path name to the Entropy Gathering Daemon socket. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionExpect100TimeoutMS | Sets Expect 100 timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAccount | Sets the FTP account name. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAlternativeToUser | Whether to use alternative USER command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPCreateMissingDirs | Whether to create missing directories. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPFileMethod | Which command to use for reaching a file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPPort | Sets the ports to use for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPResponseTimeout | Sets the timeout for FTP responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLAuth | Sets which SSL Authentication to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLCCC | If enabled, this option makes libcurl use CCC (Clear Command Channel). | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSkipPasvIP | Whether to skip IP address for PASV. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPRT | Whether to use EPRT command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPSV | Whether to use EPSV command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUsePret | Whether to use PRET command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFailOnError | Whether to fail on http errors. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileOnlyMode | Disables collecting data for Result functions. | 2.6 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileTime | Whether to query file time. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation | Enables or disables following locations. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionForbitReuse | Whether to disallow reusing connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFreshConnect | Sets whether to not reuse old connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionGSSAPIDelegation | Allow GSSAPI credential delegation. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionGet | Sets the transfer to be a HTTP Get. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTP200Aliases | Sets list of aliases to be treated as valid HTTP 200 responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPAuth | Defines which HTTP authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPContentDecoding | Sets how to act on content decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPHeader | Sets the http header list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPProxyTunnel | Set to 1 to make the library tunnel all operations through a given HTTP proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPTransferDecoding | Sets how to act on transfer decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPVersion | Sets which HTTP version is used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHappyEyeballsTimeOutMS | Sets the happy eyeballs timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeader | Whether to include headers in output. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeaderOptions | Pass in a bitmask of "header options". | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionIPResolve | Allows an application to select what kind of IP addresses to use when resolving host names. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIgnoreContentLength | Whether to ignore the Content-Length header. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInFileSize | Sets the file input size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInterface | This sets the interface name to use as outgoing network interface. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCert | Sets the file path for the CA certificate in PEM format. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionKRBLevel | Sets the kerberos security level for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeepSendingOnError | Sets wether to keep sending on error. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeyPassword | Sets the password for the SSL or SSH private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPort | This sets the local port number of the socket used for connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPortRange | This is the number of attempts curl should make to find a working local port number. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLoginOptions | Sets login options string to use for the transfer. | 5.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedLimit | Sets the minimum required speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedTime | Sets how long a transfer is allowed to run with low speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailAuth | Sets the mail auth option. | 2.9 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailFrom | Sets the mail sender. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailRecipients | Sets the recipients list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxConnects | Sets the persistent connection cache size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxFileSize | Sets the maximum file size for download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRecvSpeedLarge | Sets the maximum download speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRedirs | Sets the redirection limit. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxSendSpeedLarge | Sets the maximum sending speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNETRCFile | Sets the full path to the netrc file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNetRC | Sets netrc file preference. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewDirectoryPerms | Sets the new directory permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewFilePerms | Sets the new file permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoBody | Whether to ignore the body of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoProxy | Sets which hosts don't use a proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPassword | Sets the password for this transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPathAsIs | Set to pass path as it is and do not resolve dots. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPinnedPublicKey | Set the public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPipeWait | Sets Wait/don't wait for pipe/mutex to clarify. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPort | Sets the port number for the connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPost | Sets transfer to be a HTTP Post. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFieldSize | Sets the length of post field data. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFields | Sets the post fields. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostQuote | Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server after your FTP transfer request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostRedir | Sets the redirect policy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreProxy | Name of pre proxy to use. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreQuote | Sets the list of FTP commands to pass to the server after the transfer type is set. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProtocols | Limit which protocols are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxy | Set HTTP proxy to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyAuth | Sets which authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfo | The CApath or CAfile used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAPath | Set the CApath directory used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCRLFile | Sets CRL file for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyHeader | Set list of headers used for proxy requests only. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyKeyPassword | Sets password for the SSL private key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPassword | The password to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPinnedPublicKey | Sets pinned public key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPort | The proxy port to connect to unless it is specified in the proxy string with CURL.SetOptionProxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCert | Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertType | Sets type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCipherList | Specify which SSL ciphers to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKey | Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyType | Sets type of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLOptions | Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyHost | Enable SSL Host verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyPeer | Set if we should verify the proxy in ssl handshake. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVersion | Sets what version to specifically try to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyServiceName | Sets Proxy Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthPassword | Set a password for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthType | Set authentication type for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthUsername | Set a username for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTransferMode | Wether to pass transfer mode to proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyType | Sets the type of the proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyUsername | The user name to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPut | Sets transfer to be a HTTP Put. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionQuote | Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server prior to your FTP request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPClientCSEQ | Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPRequest | RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPServerCSEQ | Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPSessionID | The RTSP session identifier. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPStreamURI | The RTSP stream URI. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPTransport | The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRandomFile | Sets random file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRange | Sets the range. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRedirProtocols | Limit which protocols are used for redirection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionReferer | Sets the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRequestTarget | Set the request target, instead of extracted from the URL. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResolve | Sets resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResumeFrom | Sets the resume from offset. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLIR | Enable/disable SASL initial response. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHAuthTypes | Sets the SSL authentication types. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHCompression | Enable/disable SSH compression. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeyMD5 | Sets MD5 hash for public key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHKnownHosts | Sets the file path of the known_host file to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPrivateKeyfile | Sets the file path for your private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPublicKeyfile | Sets the file path for the public key file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCert | Sets the file path for the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertType | Sets the format of the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCipherList | Sets the list of ciphers to use for the SSL connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableALPN | Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without). | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableNPN | Enable/disable TLS NPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without) | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEngine | Sets which crypto engine is used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEngineDefault | Sets the actual crypto engine as the default for (asymmetric) crypto operations. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLFalseStart | Set if we should enable TLS false start. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKey | Sets the file path for the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyType | Sets the format of the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLOptions | Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLSessionIDCache | Controls SSL session-ID caching. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyHost | Sets whether to verify host. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyPeer | Whether to verify the peer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyStatus | Set if we should verify the certificate status. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVersion | Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionServiceName | Sets Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5Auth | Sets allowed authentication methods for SOCKS 5 proxies | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPINec | Sets how to run the protection mode negotiation. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPIService | Sets the name of the service. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDepends | Sets stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDependsE | Sets exclusive stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamWeight | Set stream weight, 1 - 256. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSuppressConnectHeaders | Suppress proxy CONNECT response headers from header data. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPFastOpen | Set TCP Fast Open. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepAlive | Enable TCP keep-alive probing. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepIdle | Set TCP keep-alive idle time wait. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepInterval | Set TCP keep-alive interval. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPNoDelay | Sets the TCP delay option. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPBlockSize | Specify block size to use for TFTP data transmission. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPNoOptions | Sets to whether not send any tftp option requests to the server. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthPassword | Sets the TSL authentication password. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthType | Sets the TLS authentication type. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthUsername | Sets the TSL authentication user name. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTelnetOptions | Sets a list of telnet options. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeCondition | Sets the time | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeOut | Sets the maximum time in seconds that you allow the transfer operation to take. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeValue | Sets the time value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeoutMS | Sets the transfer timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferEncoding | Ask for HTTP Transfer Encoding. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferText | Whether to use ASCII mode for FTP transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionURL | Sets the actual URL to deal with. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnixSocketPath | Set path to Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnrestrictedAuth | Controls wether authentication is reused. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUpload | Sets this transfer to be an upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUseSSL | Sets whether to use SSL for next transfers. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUserAgent | The user agent text string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUsername | Sets the user name string for the transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionVerbose | Whether to store log messages. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionWildCardMatch | Enable wildcard matching. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionXOAuth2Bearer | The XOAUTH2 bearer token. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetProgressEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetProgressScript | Sets the progress script. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetTag | Sets the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetUpdateProgressDialog | Sets whether progress dialog should be automatically updated. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetupAWS | Setup CURL to transfer to Amazon Webservices. | 7.2 |
| CURL.UseSystemCertificates | Read certificate from system and installs them in CURL session,. | 7.2 |
| CURL.Version | Queries curl version string. | 2.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.Duplicate | Creates a copy of an alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetAbsoluteTrigger | Queries the absolute trigger timestamp. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetAcknowledged | Queries acknowledged flag. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetAction | Queries the action for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetEmailAddress | Queries the email address for an alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetRelatedTo | Queries the related to setting. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetRelativeTrigger | Queries the relative trigger value. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetSound | Queries the sounds for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetURL | Queries the URL of the alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetAbsoluteTrigger | Sets the absolute trigger timestamp. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetAcknowledged | Sets acknowledged flag. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetAction | Sets an action for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetEmailAddress | Sets the email address for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetRelatedTo | Sets the related to setting. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetRelativeTrigger | Sets the relative trigger value. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetSound | Sets the sounds for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetURL | Sets the URL of the alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo | Queries the relative trigger date for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Attendee.GetAddress | Returns URL address of attendee entry. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Attendee.GetCommonName | Returns the user-entered name of the attendee. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Attendee.GetStatus | Returns status of attendee. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Calendar.Duplicate | Creates a copy of an existing calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetColor | Queries the color of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetNotes | Queries the notes of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetTitle | Queries the title of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetType | Queries the type of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetUID | Queries the UID of a calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.IsEditable | Whether calendar is editable. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.SetColor | Sets the color for a calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.SetNotes | Sets the notes for the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.SetTitle | Set title of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendars | Returns the list of calendars known to the system. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Events | Queries events. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.AddAlarm | Adds an alarm to a calendar item. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.Duplicate | Creates a copy of an existing item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAlarms | Queries the list of alarms for this item. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAllDay | Queries whether event is all day. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeCommonName | Queries name of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeCount | Queries number of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeStatus | Queries status of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeURL | Queries URL of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendees | Queries the list of attendees for this event. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.GetCalendar | Queries the calendar id for this calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetCompleted | Queries the completed flag for a reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetCompletionDate | Queries the completion date. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetDateStamp | Queries date stamp for this event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetDueDate | Queries due date of this reminder/task. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetEndDate | Queries the end date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetLocation | Queries the location for the event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetNotes | Queries the notes of the calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetPriority | Queries the priority of a task/reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetStartDate | Queries the start date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetTitle | Queries the title of the event or reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetUID | Queries the unique identifier for a new calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetURL | Queries the URL of a calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.HasAlarm | Whether this calendar item has an alarm. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.IsDetached | Whether event is detached. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.NextAlarmDate | Queries date of next alarm. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.Occurrence | Returns the occurrence date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.RemoveAlarm | Removes an alarm from an item. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.SetAllDay | Sets the all day flag for an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetCalendar | Assigns a calendar to the calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetCompleted | Sets the completed flag for a reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetCompletionDate | Sets a new completion date for a reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetDueDate | Sets due date of a reminder/task. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetEndDate | Sets the end date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetLocation | Sets a location for an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetNotes | Sets the notes for this item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetPriority | Sets the priority of a task/reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetStartDate | Sets the start date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetTitle | Sets the title of the event or reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetURL | Assigns a new URL for a calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.NewAlarm | Creates a new alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.NewCalendar | Creates a new calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.NewEvent | Creates a new event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.NewReminder | Creates a new reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Notification.Clear | Clears the registered notification script. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.Evaluate | Installs a notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetChangedExternally | Queries if the last notification script call was caused by a changed in another app. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetDeletedRecords | Queries list of deleted records. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetInsertedRecords | Queries list of inserted records. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetProcessID | Queries the process ID. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetProcessName | Queries the process name. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetUpdatedRecords | Queries list of updated records. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetUserUID | Queries the user ID. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetWhat | Queries what changed in the database. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.Set | Installs a notification script. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.RemoveCalendar | Deletes the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.RemoveEvent | Deletes the event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.RemoveReminder | Deletes the reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SaveCalendar | Saves the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SaveEvent | Saves the event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SaveReminder | Saves the reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SelectEvent | Selects an event with occurrance for editing. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Tasks | Queries all tasks. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.TasksCompletedSince | Queries tasks completed since a given date. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.UncompletedTasks | Queries all uncompleted tasks. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.UncompletedTasksDueBefore | Queries tasks completed before a given date. | 3.4 |
| ClearRegistration | Clears registration details stored with StoreRegistration. | 3.0 |
| Clipboard.GetData | Queries data from clipboard item. | 4.4 |
| Clipboard.GetFileMakerData | Queries the xml text of a FileMaker layout/script object. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.GetFiles | Queries file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.GetHTMLText | Queries styled text from clipboard as HTML. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.GetPicture | Queries a picture from clipboard. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.GetRTFText | Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetStyledText | Queries styled text from clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetText | Queries clipboard content as text. | 2.6 |
| Clipboard.GetTypes | Queries the list of data types on the clipboard. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.SetFileMakerData | Puts the xml text on the clipboard for a FileMaker layout/script object. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.SetFiles | Puts a list of file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.SetHTMLText | Puts HTML data on the clipboard. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.SetPicture | Sets clipboard picture. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.SetRTFText | Puts RTF data on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetStyledText | Put styled text on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetText | Sets the text on the clipboard. | 2.6 |
| CompileDate | Returns the date the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| CompileTime | The time of day that the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| Container.Compress | Compresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.DecodeFromBase64 | Decodes data from base64 text into a container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.DecodeFromHex | Decodes data from hex text into a container value. | 6.5 |
| Container.Decompress | Decompresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.Deserialize | Restores a serialized container value. | 5.2 |
| Container.Export | Writes selected data content from a container to a file path. | 1.6 |
| Container.ExtractStream | Extracts a single frame and returns as new container value. | 4.3 |
| Container.GetBase64 | Returns the base 64 encoded value of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetCount | Counts the number of types in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetDataURL | Returns the complete Data url for an image stored in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetHeight | Returns the Height of the image that was placed in the container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetHex | Returns the hex encoded value of the container. | 6.5 |
| Container.GetJPEGHeight | Returns the Height of JPEG image stored in a container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetJPEGHeightResolution | Returns the Vertical Resolution of the JPEG image stored in a container field in pixels per inch. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetJPEGWidth | Returns the Width of JPEG image stored in a container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetJPEGWidthResolution | Returns the Horizontal Resolution of the preview image stored in a container field in pixels per inch. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetName | Queries the path list from a container. | 3.0 |
| Container.GetResolution | Queries the DPI settings stored in a container. | 4.2 |
| Container.GetSize | Returns the size of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetText | Returns the text value of the container data. | 7.2 |
| Container.GetTotalSize | Returns the size of the whole container. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetType | Returns the type at the given index (zero based). | 1.4 |
| Container.GetTypeSize | Returns the size of the indicated object type in container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetTypes | Returns the list of objects in the container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetWidth | Returns the Width of the image that was placed into the container. | 1.3 |
| Container.IsCompressed | Queries whether container is compressed. | 7.5 |
| Container.ReadArchive | Reads an archived container. | 4.4 |
| Container.ReadFile | Reads a file with the given path. | 6.4 |
| Container.Remove | Removes a stream from container value. | 3.3 |
| Container.Rename | Renames the file path in a container value. | 3.0 |
| Container.RenameStream | Renames a stream in a container. | 4.3 |
| Container.Serialize | Serialized a container as a text. | 5.2 |
| Container.WriteArchive | Writes an archive with container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.WriteFile | Writes a file with the given container. | 6.4 |
| CoreImage.Detect | Detects core image features. | 7.4 |
| CoreLocation.ClearFailHandler | Clears the script called for errors. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.ClearUpdateLocationHandler | Clears the script called for new location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailEvaluate | Sets the expression evaluated when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailHandler | Sets the script called when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationEvaluate | Sets the expression evaluated when a new location has been detected. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationHandler | Sets the script called when a new location has been detected. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.altitude | The altitude measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.course | Returns the direction in which the device is traveling. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.description | Returns the location data in a formatted text string. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.desiredAccuracy | The desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFilter | The minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFromLocation | Returns the distance (in meters) from the receiver's location to the specified location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.headingAvailable | Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the location manager is able to generate heading-related events. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.horizontalAccuracy | The radius of uncertainty for the location, measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.latitude | Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.locationServicesEnabled | Returns a Boolean value indicating whether location services are enabled on the device. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.longitude | Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.purpose | An application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setDesiredAccuracy | Sets the desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setDistanceFilter | Sets the minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setPurpose | Sets the application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.significantLocationChangeMonitoringAvailable | Returns a Boolean value indicating whether significant location change tracking is available. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.speed | The instantaneous speed of the device in meters per second. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges | Starts the generation of updates based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingLocation | Starts the generation of updates that report the user's current location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges | Stops the delivery of location events based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingLocation | Stops the generation of location updates. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.timestamp | Returns the time at which this location was determined. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.verticalAccuracy | Returns the accuracy of the altitude value in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreML.AddArrayParameter | Adds an array parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddDoubleParameter | Adds a double parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddImageParameter | Adds an image parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddIntegerParameter | Adds an integer parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddTextParameter | Adds a text parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddUndefinedParameter | Adds an undefined parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Available | Whether CoreML is available. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Clear | Clears all parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.CompileModel | Compiles a model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Description | Queries the description of the model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.GetUsesCPUOnly | Queries whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.OpenModel | Opens a compiled model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.PredictionFromFeatures | Runs model with set parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Release | Releases a model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.ResultImage | Queries result image. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.SetUsesCPUOnly | Sets whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| DNSLookup.Address | Queries the address. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AddressCount | Queries number of addresses. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Alias | Queries the alias. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AliasCount | Queries number of aliases. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByAddress | Queries the domain name for an IP. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByName | Queries the IP for domain. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Name | Queries the name found. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Release | Releases a DNS Lookup reference. | 6.0 |
| Debugger.BringToFront | Brings the debugger window to front. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.GetCallStack | Queries current call stack from debugger panel. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.IsVisible | Checks whether debugger is visible. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.Title | Queries title of debugger panel. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.Window | Queries window ID for the debugger. | 7.4 |
| Dialog.AddField | Adds a field for the dialog. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.ClearFields | Clears all fields. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.CloseSheet | Closes a sheet if there is one running. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetAlternateButton | Queries the title for the alternate button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetButton | Queries button text. | 7.1 |
| Dialog.GetButtonPressed | Queries index of selected button. | 7.2 |
| Dialog.GetButtons | Queries which buttons are shown. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetDefaultButton | Queries the title for the default button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetFieldText | Queries field text. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.GetIcon | Returns the icon displayed in the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetInformativeText | Returns the receiver's informative text. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetLastResult | Provides the last result from the dialog. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetLeft | Queries left position. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.GetMessage | Queries the message text for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetMode | Queries the dialog style. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetOtherButton | Queries the title for the other button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetSheetEvaluate | Queries notification evaluation expression. | 6.2 |
| Dialog.GetSheetFileName | Queries notification script's file name. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetSheetRunning | Queries if there is a sheet visible currently. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetSheetScriptName | Queries notification script name. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetShowsSuppressionButton | Indicates whether the receiver shows a suppression button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetSuppressionButtonTitle | Queries the text for the suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetSuppressionState | Queries the suppression state after you showed the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetTimeout | Queries the timeout for dialogs in seconds. | 5.2 |
| Dialog.GetTop | Queries top position. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.GetWindowTitle | Queries the window title for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.Reset | Resets all dialog options. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.Run | Runs the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.RunSheet | Runs dialog as sheet. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.SetAlternateButton | Sets the title for the alternate button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetButton | Sets button text. | 7.1 |
| Dialog.SetButtons | Sets which buttons to show. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetDefaultButton | Sets the title for the default button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetFieldText | Sets the text for a field. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.SetIcon | Sets the icon to be displayed in the alert to a given icon. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetInformativeText | Sets the receiver's informative text to a given text. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetLeft | Sets the left position of the dialog. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.SetMessage | Sets the message text for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetMode | Sets the dialog style. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetOtherButton | Sets the title for the other button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetSheetEvaluate | Defines expression for the notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Dialog.SetSheetFileName | Defines file name for the notification script. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.SetSheetScriptName | Defines script name for the notification script. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.SetShowsSuppressionButton | Specifies whether the receiver includes a suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetSuppressionButtonTitle | Sets the text for the suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetTimeout | Sets a timeout for the dialog in seconds. | 5.2 |
| Dialog.SetTop | Sets the top position of the dialog. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.SetWindowTitle | Sets the window title for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| DialogModifications.Clear | Clears the internal replacements list. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Install | Installs feature which can rename dialog elements in FileMaker. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Set | Adds an entry to the replacements list. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Uninstall | Uninstalls the feature. | 4.3 |
| Dictionary.AddSQL | Adds values to a dictionary via SQL. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecord | Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecords | Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.Clear | Clears the dictionary content. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Clone | Creates a clone of the dictionary. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.Count | Returns number of keys in the dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Create | Creates a new dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.CreateNamed | Creates a new dictionary with desired key. | 8.1 |
| Dictionary.Deserialize | Restores a serialized dictionary. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.HasKey | Checks if the given key exists in dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.KeyAtIndex | Returns key with given index. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Keys | Returns list with all keys. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.List | Returns list of all dictionary IDs. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.Release | Releases dictionary and all memory used. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.RemoveKey | Removes value with given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Serialize | Serialized a dictionary as a text. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.SetList | Fills dictionary with keys and values form a list. | 6.2 |
| Dictionary.SetQuickList | Fills dictionary with keys and values form a quick list. | 7.1 |
| Dictionary.SetValueForKey | Stores value for given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.SetVariables | Creates variables with given keys and value from dictionary. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.ToJSON | Returns JSON representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToText | Returns text representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToXML | Returns XML representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ValueForKey | Queries value for the key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.ValueTypeForKey | Queries data type of the value for the key. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.Values | Returns list with all values as text. | 5.1 |
| DragDrop.ClearDragActionHandler | Clears the name for the drag action handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.ClearDragEnterHandler | Clears the name for the drag enter handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.ClearDragExitHandler | Clears the name for the drag exit handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.CreateWithControl | Creates a new drop area on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.CreateWithSize | Creates a new drop area inside the window with the given rectangle. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.CreateWithWindow | Creates a new drop area which covers the whole window. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailAccount | Returns account name of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailCount | Returns number of emails received from Apple Mail app. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailID | Returns subject of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailMailbox | Returns mailbox name of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailSubject | Returns subject of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetHeight | Queries current height of drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetLeft | Queries current position of the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetMouseX | Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetMouseY | Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetPath | Queries the native path of a file drop. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetPathCount | Returns the number of file paths. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetPicture | Queries picture from drag and drop action. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetTag | Queries the tag string for this dropview. | 3.3 |
| DragDrop.GetText | Queries text from the drop. | 2.6 |
| DragDrop.GetTop | Queries current position of the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetTypes | Queries list of types. | 4.3 |
| DragDrop.GetURL | Queries URL from the drop. | 2.6 |
| DragDrop.GetVisible | Queries current visibility state. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetWidth | Queries current width of the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetWindowRef | Queries the window where this dropview is located. | 3.3 |
| DragDrop.List | Queries list of all currently active drop areas. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.RegisterDropTypes | Defines what file types should be accepted for drag and drop for this window. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.Release | Releases the drop area and reclaims memory. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.ReleaseAll | A convenience method to release all drop areas. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetCursor | Sets the cursor mode. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetDragActionHandler | Sets the drag action handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetDragEnterHandler | Sets the drag enter handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetDragExitHandler | Sets the drag exit handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetFrame | Sets a new frame for the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.SetImage | Sets the image to be shown in the drop area. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetTag | Sets the tag string for this dropview. | 3.3 |
| DragDrop.SetVisible | Hides or shows the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.UnregisterDropTypes | Unregisteres all drag types for the specified drop area. | 2.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddActionToObj | Adds an action to a PDF object. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddAnnotToPage | Adds an annotation to a page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmark | Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmarkEx | Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddContinueText | Prints a single text line and moves the text cursor to the next line. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNProcessColorants | Adds DeviceN process colorants. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNSeparations | Adds DeviceN separations. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddFontSearchPath | Adds a search path to the list of available font search paths. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntent | Represents the destination color space for which a PDF file was created. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntentEx | Adds an ICC profile to the PDF file like AddOutputIntent but accepts a file as a container. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddValToChoiceField | Adds a value to a choice field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AllowPageBreak | Defines how to handle page breaks. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePage | Adds new page to the PDF with given image. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePages | Adds new pages to the PDF with given image paths. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendPage | This function appends an empty page to the document. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.AssociateEmbFile | Associates an embedded file with a PDF object. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFile | Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileContainer | Attaches a data from container to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileText | Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginContinueText | This function prepares the output of multiple text lines with DynaPDF.AddContinueText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.BeginLayer | The function opens a layer in the current open page or template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginPattern | This function creates a new tiling pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginTemplate | The function creates a template and opens it so that arbitrary contents can be drawn into it. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier123 | Draws a bezier path. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier13 | This function paints a Bézier curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier23 | The third supported Bézier curve type paints also a curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.CMYK | Calculates color value for CMYK. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotName | Changes or deletes the optional unique name of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotPos | Changes the position and size of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeBookmark | Changes an existing bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFont | This function changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter FontHandle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontSize | This function changes the font size of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle | This function changes the style of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyleEx | The function changes the font style of a font like DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle but it accepts also font styles like 2 (bold) or 1 (italic). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeLinkAnnot | Changes the link of a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeSeparationColor | Changes the color of a separation color space. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.CheckConformance | Converts a PDF file to a specific PDF standard according to the parameter Type. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CircleAnnot | Draws a circle annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Clear | Starts a new PDF in memory or at the given path. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClipPath | This function marks the current path as clipping path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.CloseImportFile | Closes the current import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClosePath | Closes current path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.ConvertStyledText | Converts styled text to formatted text. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.CreateButton | Creates a push button. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateCheckBox | This function creates a check box. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateComboBox | Creates a combo box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateDeviceNColorSpace | Creates a DeviceN color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGroupField | Creates a group field. A group field is a simple array of fields which can be used to separate fields into several groups. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateJSAction | Creates a JavaScript action. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateListBox | This function creates a list box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateNamedDest | The function creates a named destination that can be accessed from external PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadioButton | Creates a radio button field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSeparationCS | Creates a Separation color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigField | Creates an empty signature field which can be used to digitally sign the PDF file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigFieldAP | Creates a signature appearance template in the exact size of the base signature field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateStructureTree | Creates a global structure tree that is required to create Tagged PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateTextField | This function creates a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAcroForm | The function deletes a maybe existing Interactive Form. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteActionFromObjEx | This function deletes an action from a PDF object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAnnotation | Deletes an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteBookmark | Deletes a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteEmbeddedFile | The function deletes an embedded file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteField | This function deletes an interactive form field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteFieldEx | Deletes a field by name. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteJavaScripts | Deletes all global Javascripts. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePage | Deletes a given page in the current working PDF. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePageLabels | Deletes all page labels contained in the current open document, if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteSeparationInfo | Deletes the separation of the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplate | Deletes a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplateEx | Deletes a template by using an index instead of a template handle. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteXFAForm | Deletes a maybe existing XFA form (XML based form) if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArc | This function draws an arc by using a start and end angle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArcEx | This function draws an elliptical arc. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawChord | This function draws an elliptical chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawCircle | This function draws a circle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawPie | The function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two angles. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditPage | This function prepares a page for editing. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate | Prepares a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate2 | Opens a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.Ellipse | Draws an ellipse. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EnableEncryption | Enables encryption for next save command. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.EndLayer | Closes a layer that was opened by DynaPDF.BeginLayer. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndPage | This function closes an open page that was opened by AppendPage or EditPage. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EndPattern | Closes an open pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndTemplate | This function closes an open template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangeBookmarks | This function exchanges two bookmarks. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangePages | The function exchanges two pages. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractDocumentText | Extracts the text of all pages. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractImages | Extracts images of a PDF. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractPageRectText | Extracts the text of the page in a rectangle. | 6.2 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractPageText | Extracts the text of the page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractText | Extracts the text of the page PageNum. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnot | Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnotEx | Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileLink | Creates a file link annotation. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.FindBookmark | Searches for a bookmark in the document outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindEmbeddedFile | Searches for the embedded file Name and returns the handle of it when it can be found. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.FindField | This function searches for an interactive form field by using the fully qualified field name. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindLinkAnnot | Searches for a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindNextBookmark | Searches the next bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindPattern | Searches for a text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.FindText | Searches a text and returns position details. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnots | Flatten annotations. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenForm | Flatten forms. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlushPages | The function writes the pages in memory to the PDF file. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.FontInfo | Retrieves the most important properties of a font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.FreeTextAnnot | Creates a Free Text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GeneratePreview | Adds a preview picture to a PDF container. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotCount | Returns the number of annotations currently used in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotFlags | Returns the default flags used for newly created annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotLink | Returns the URL or file path of a file link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotType | Returns the type of a specific annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotation | Queries details about an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAscent | Returns the ascender of the active font. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBBox | Queries bound box values of current page. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmark | Returns the properties of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmarkCount | Returns the number of bookmarks defined in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBorderStyle | Returns the global border style which is used for newly created Interactive Form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCMapCount | Returns the number of available CMap files. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetCharacterSpacing | Returns the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxChar | Returns the character used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxCharEx | Returns character index of the font ZapfDingbats that is used to display the on state of the check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxDefState | Returns the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpace | The function returns the active color space. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceCount | Returns the number of color space objects which are used in the current document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceInfo | Queries details on a colorspace. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionFilter | The function returns the standard compression filter for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionLevel | Returns the active compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetContent | Queries content stream of the currently open page or template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfo | The function retrieves a document info entry as text from current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfoCount | Returns the number of document info entries defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDrawDirection | The function returns the actual draw direction for closed vector graphics such as rectangles, circles, ellipses and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetDynaPDFVersion | Returns the version string of DynaPDF. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFile | Retrieves the details of an embedded file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsContainer | Returns an embedded file as a container. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileCount | Returns the number of embedded files available in the PDF file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeight | The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeightEx | The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetField | Returns the most important properties of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBackColor | The function returns the default background color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderColor | Returns the default border color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderStyle | Returns the border style of a specific form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderWidth | Returns the line width of the border of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldChoiceValue | Retrieves a choice value of a combo or list box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldColor | Retrieves a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldCount | The function returns the number of fields contained in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValCount | The function returns the number of values/export values which are defined for a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValue | Retrieves the export value(s) of a check box, list box, or combo box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValueEx | Enumerates the choice values of a combo box, list box, or radio button. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldFlags | Returns the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldGroupType | Returns the base type of a field group. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldHighlightMode | Returns the highlight mode of buttons, checkboxes, and signature fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldIndex | Returns the page index or tab order of the field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldMapName | Retrieves the mapping name of a specific form field if set. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldName | Retrieves the name of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldOrientation | Returns the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextAlign | The function returns the text alignment of a text field or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextColor | Returns the default text color used for newly created fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldToolTip | Retrieves a pointer to the tool tip string of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldType | Returns the field type. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontCount | Returns the number of fonts which are used in the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontOrigin | Returns the current font origin. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontSelMode | Returns the current font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontWeight | Returns the weight that will be used to emulate a bold font style. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetGStateFlags | Returns the current graphics state flags. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImage | retrieves the properties of an image as well as the decompressed image buffer if needed. By default all images are returned decompressed, with exception of image types which are already stored in a valid file format like JPEG and JPEG 2000 images. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImageCount | Queries number of images in PDF. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfo | The function retrieves a document info entry as text from import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags | The function returns the current import flags used to import PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags2 | Queries the import flags. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportOrientation | Queries orientation for input page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPDFVersion | The function returns the minor PDF version number of an external PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageBounds | Queries page size for an import PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageCount | Queries number of pages in the current opened import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInDocInfoCount | Queries number of document info in import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInFieldCount | Returns the number of top level fields included in the currently opened import file. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsCollection | Whether the currently opened import file is a portable collection. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsEncrypted | Whether the currently opened import file is encrypted. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsSigned | Whether a PDF file contains a digital signature. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsTrapped | Queries value of the Trapped key in the current open import file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsXFAForm | Queries whether the current open import file contains an XFA form. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInMetadata | Queries input PDF metadata. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInPrintSettings | Retrieves the print settings of the current open import file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetInRepairMode | Queries whether the current open import file was opened in repair or normal mode. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsFixedPitch | Queries whether the active font is a fixed pitch font or 0 if the font is a variable pitch font. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsTaggingEnabled | Queries whether tagging is enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetJPEGQuality | Queries the JPEG compression quality. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptCount | Returns the number of global JavaScripts contained in a document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetLanguage | Returns the language identifier of the document as an ISO 3166 language tag or IANA tag, or "" if not set. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastErrorMessage | The function returns the last error message as text or empty text if no error occurred. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosX | Return the horizontal end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosY | Return the vertical end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLeading | The function returns the current leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLineWidth | Queries the line width. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetLinkHighlightMode | Returns the current highlight mode used for newly created annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetMetadata | Queries metadata from PDF. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOpacity | Returns the opacity value used to draw the visible appearance of an annotation (requires Acrobat 5 or higher). | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOrientation | Queries orientation of current page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntent | Returns an output intent as well as the properties of it. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntentCount | Returns the number of available output intents. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetPDFVersion | The function returns the version of the output PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotCount | eturns the number of annotations which are used by a page. The page must be opened with EditPage() before the function can be used. The annotations of the page can be accessed with GetAnnotEx(). | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotation | Queries details about an annotation on current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageBounds | Queries page size for a PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCoords | Queries the current coordinate system. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCount | Queries number of pages in the current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageFieldCount | Returns the number of fields used by a page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageHeight | The function returns the height of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabel | Retrieves the properties of a page label. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabelCount | Returns the number of page labels defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLayout | The function returns the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageMode | The function returns the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageNum | Returns the page number of the currently open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageWidth | The function returns the width of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPrintSettings | Retrieves the currently defined print settings of the document. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfile | Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfileData | Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfilesCounter | Queries counter for ReplaceICCProfile callback. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetResolution | Queries the resolution for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetSaveNewImageFormat | Queries the SaveNewImageFormat properties. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplCount | Returns the number of templates used by a page. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplHeight | Returns the height of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplWidth | Returns the width of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextDrawMode | Queries text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldDefaultValue | The function returns the default value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldValue | The function returns the value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextRise | Queries the current text rise used to output text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextScaling | Queries the current value of horizontal text scaling. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextWidth | Computes the width of a text string. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTransparentColor | Returns the transparent color value that is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTrapped | Returns the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseExactPwd | Queries if exact password is needed to unlock PDF. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseGlobalImpFiles | Queries if global import files are used. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseStdFonts | Queries whether the 14 standard fonts are enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseSystemFonts | Queries whether system fonts are used. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseTransparency | The property specifies whether images should get a transparent background. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseVisibleCoords | Queries whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate the position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUserUnit | The function returns the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetWordSpacing | Returns the current word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStream | Returns an XFA stream. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStreamCount | Returns the number of available XFA streams. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenDocument | Whether we have a working document. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenPage | Checks whether a page is open. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightAnnot | Creates a Highlight annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightPattern | Searches a text and adds highlights for it. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.ImportEncryptionSettings | Imports the encryption settings from the currently open import file. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFFile | Imports all pages from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFPage | Imports a page from the import PDF and appends it to the current working PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPageAsTemplate | Imports a page and creates a template which you can place on new PDF pages. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagement | Enables color management for render functions. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagementEx | Initializes color management. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.Initialize | Initializes the DynaPDF functions in the MBS Plugin. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmark | Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmarkEx | Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImage | The function inserts an image from a container. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImageFile | The function inserts an image from a file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.IsColorPage | Checks whether a page is a color page or if all graphic elements of the page use black & white only. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsEmptyPage | Checks whether a page is empty. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsInitialized | Checks if DynaPDF library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.LineAnnot | Creates a line annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.LineTo | The function draws a path from the current position up to the specified point. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.List | Lists all IDs of current DynaPDF contexts. | 8.1 |
| DynaPDF.ListImages | Lists images in a PDF. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.LockLayer | Adds a layer to the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.MovePage | The function moves a page to another position in the document. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.MoveTo | The function moves the current position to the point specified by PosX, PosY. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.New | Creates a new DynaPDF instance. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFile | The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFileEncrypted | The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromContainer | Opens a PDF for importing from a container. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromFile | Opens a PDF for importing from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.Optimize | Optimizes PDF. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLink | Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLinkEx | Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageStatistics | Queries the page statistics. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ParseContent | Runs the content parser. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplate | The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplateEx | The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.RGB | Calculates color value for RGB. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageFormat | The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageResolution | The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Rectangle | This function draws a rectangle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Release | Releases a PDF reference. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.RenameSpotColor | Renames a spot color. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFile | Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFileEx | Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPage | Renders a page in current PDF to an image. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReplaceImage | Replaces an image with another image. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.ReplacePattern | Replaces a text with a new text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.ResetEncryptionSettings | Resets the encryption settings which were imported from an external PDF file so that the PDF file in memory can be saved unencrypted. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RestoreGraphicState | The function restores a previously saved graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RotateCoords | The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.RotateTemplate | Rotates a template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRect | The function draws a rectangle with rounded corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRectEx | The function draws a rectangle with elliptical corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Save | Saves the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFile | Saves and signs the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SaveGraphicState | The function saves the current graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ScaleCoords | The function scales the coordinate system by applying a transformation matrix. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetAlpha | Sets alpha for drawings. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderStyle | Sets or changes the border style of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderWidth | Sets or changes the border width of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotColor | Sets or changes the color of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotDate | Sets or changes the creation or modification date of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlags | Sets the default flags used for new annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlagsEx | Sets or changes the flags of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotHighlightMode | Sets or changes the highlight mode of a link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotIcon | Sets or changes the icon of a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotLineEndStyle | Sets or changes the line end styles of a Line or PolyLine Annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpacity | Changes the opacity of a markup annotation. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpenState | Sets the open state of a markup or PopUp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotString | Sets, changes, or deletes a string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotSubject | Sets or changes the optional subject string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBBox | Sets a specific bounding box of the current open PDF page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkDest | Sets or changes the destination of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkStyle | Sets the bookmark style. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBorderStyle | Set the global border style which is used for newly created form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCMapDir | The function sets a search path from which external CMap files can be loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCharacterSpacing | Sets the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxChar | Sets the character which should be used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxDefState | Changes the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxState | Changes the state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetColorSpace | The function activates a device color space in the graphics state. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionFilter | The function sets the compression filter which is used to compress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionLevel | Sets the current compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetContent | Replaces the content stream of the currently open page or template with a new one. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfo | The function sets or changes a document info entry. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDrawDirection | The function sets the draw direction of closed vector graphics such as rectangles, ellipses, triangles and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtColorSpace | Activates an extended color space in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtFillColorSpace | Activates an extended color space for fillings in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtStrokeColorSpace | Activates an extended color space for strokes in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBBox | Changes the bounding box of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBackColor | The function sets the background color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. Normal annotations support RGB colors only. Form fields support the color spaces DeviceRGB, DeviceGray, and DeviceCMYK. The color value must be defined in the current color space. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderColor | Sets the border color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderStyle | Changes the border style of a specific Interactive Form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderWidth | Changes the border width of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldColor | Sets a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldDate | Sets or changes the creation or modification date of a field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValue | Changes the choice values of a combo or list box, or to change the state and export value of check box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValueEx | Marks a choice value of a combo or list box as selected or unselected. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFlags | The function sets the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFont | Sets or changes the font of a form field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontEx | Sets or replaces the font of a field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontSize | The function changes the font size of a specific field. A value of 0.0 is used as auto size. The optimal font size is then calculated by DynaPDF. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldHighlightMode | Changes the highlight mode of a specific field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldIndex | Sets the tab order of interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldMapName | Sets or changes the mapping name of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldName | Changes the name of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldOrientation | The function sets or changes the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextAlign | The function set or changes the text alignment of a text or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextColor | The function sets the text color which is used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldToolTip | The function set or changes the tool tip or description string of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFillColor | The function sets the current fill color as an array of float values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFloatPrecision | The function changes the output precision of text and vector coordinates. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetFont | The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontEx | The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. The difference in comparison to DynaPDF.SetFont is the way how the function tries to find the font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontOrigin | Sets the current font origin that is used to position text strings. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSearchOrder | Changes the font search order. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSelMode | Changes the font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontWeight | Changes the font weight. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetGStateFlags | Sets optional flags affecting the graphics state, coordinate handling, as well as color and image conversion rules. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags | The function sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags2 | Sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetJPEGQuality | The function sets the quality of JPEG compressed images in percent if JPEG compression is used. Lower values cause higher compression rates, however, worse image quality. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLanguage | Specifies the language of the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetLeading | Sets text leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineJoinStyle | Sets a new line join. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineWidth | The function sets the line width used to stroke paths. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetLinkHighlightMode | Sets the highlight mode that is used by link annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetMetadata | The function sets or replaces the XMP metadata stream of a specific object. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetMiterLimit | Sets the miter limit. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetNumberFormat | Limits textfield to only accept numbers. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetOpacity | Sets the opacity value which is used to render the appearance of a text annotation. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientation | Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientationEx | Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetPDFVersion | Sets the PDF version. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageCoords | Sets the coordinate system origin. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageFormat | The function sets a predefined page or paper format. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageHeight | Sets page height. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageLayout | The function sets the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageMode | The function sets the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageWidth | Sets page width. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPrintSettings | Adds preferred print settings to the PDF file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfile | Sets the replace ICC profile path. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfileData | Sets the replace ICC profile data. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetResolution | Sets the image resolution. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSaveNewImageFormat | Whether to recompress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSeparationInfo | Sets the separation info of the current open page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetStrokeColor | The function sets the current stroke color as an list of values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextDrawMode | Sets text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValue | The function sets or changes the value and default value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValueEx | The function changes or sets the value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRect | The function defines the output rectangle that is used to output formatted text by the function DynaPDF.WriteFText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRise | Sets the text rise. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextScaling | Sets scaling for text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor | Sets the transparent color which is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTrapped | Sets the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseExactPwd | Whether to require exact passwords. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseGlobalImpFiles | Sets whether to use global import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseStdFonts | The function can be used to disable the 14 standard fonts temporarily. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseSystemFonts | The property specifies whether the system fonts should be automatically loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseTransparency | The property specifies whether images should be masked with the current transparent color to make this color transparent, see also DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor(). This technique is known as color key masking. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseVisibleCoords | Wether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate to position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUserUnit | The function sets the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetWordSpacing | Sets the word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.ShowDifferences | Shows differences on two PDF pages by adding highlight annotations. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SkewCoords | The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SquareAnnot | Draws a square annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StampAnnot | Creates a stamp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StrokePath | The function strokes the current path without closing it. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SysFontInfo | Returns the most important properties of a system font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddColumn | Adds a column on the left or right side of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRow | Adds a new row to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRows | Adds new rows to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearColumn | Deletes the content in the specified column in all rows. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearContent | Deletes the specified object types from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearRow | The function deletes the content in the specified row. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Create | Creates a new table object. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteCol | Deletes a column from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRow | Deletes a row from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRows | Deletes all rows from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Draw | Draws the table on the specified position. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetFirstRow | Queres first row drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeight | Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeightRow | Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextRow | Queres next row to be drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumCols | Queries number of columns in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumRows | Queries number of rows in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetPDF | Returns the reference to the PDF. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableHeight | Returns the full height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableWidth | Returns the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.HaveMore | Checks whether all rows where drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Release | Releases the PDF table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBorderWidth | Sets or changes the border width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBoxProperty | Sets or changes the border width, cell spacing, or cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImage | Inserts an image horizontally and vertically aligned as specified. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImageEx | Inserts an image from container. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellOrientation | Sets the cell orientation. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellPadding | Sets or changes the cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellSpacing | Sets or changes the cell spacing. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTable | The function inserts a sub table into the specfied cell. A sub table is always a foreground object that has a strong width and height. That means, if the cell is not large enough then it will be expanded. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTemplate | Inserts a template into the specified cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellText | Inserts the specified text into the cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColWidth | The function changes the width of a column. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColor | Sets or changes the specified color as well as the corresponding device color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColorFloat | Sets or changes the specified color and color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFlags | The function sets various flags. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFont | Sets the font that is used to output text. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSelMode | The function sets or changes the font selection mode. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSize | Sets or changes the font size. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetGridWidth | Sets the grid width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetPDF | Changes the PDF instance that is associated with the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRGBColor | Sets RGB color. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRowHeight | Changes the row height. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetTableWidth | Changes the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.TextAnnot | Creates a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.TranslateCoords | The function translates the coordinate system to the new origin OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.Triangle | The function draws a triangle. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.UnLockLayer | Removes a layer from the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.WatermarkAnnot | Creates a Watermark annotation. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.WebLink | Inserts a web link onto the current open page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteDemoText | Writes a demo text like the DynaPDF demo watermark. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFText | Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextEx | Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextExRotated | Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledText | Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextEx | Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextExRotated | Writes styled text on current page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteText | Writes text on current page. | 3.1 |
| ECKey.BuiltInCurves | Queries built in curves. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Description | Returns an user readable description text for the current key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Duplicate | Creates a copy of the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Generate | Generates a new pair of private and public keys. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.PrivateKey | Queries the private key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.PublicKey | Queries the public key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPrivateKey | Reads a private key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPublicKey | Reads a public key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Release | Releases the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Sign | Signs the given data. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Size | Queries the size of the key in bytes. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Verify | Verifies the digital signature. | 5.4 |
| Email.Verify | Verifies if an email is valid. | 3.3 |
| EmailParser.Address | Queries an address value. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AddressCount | Queries number of addresses. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Attachment | Queries an attachment property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AttachmentCount | Queries number of attachments. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Free | Frees the email parser. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLText | Queries html text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLToPlainText | Converts HTML to plain text. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HasHeader | Checks if header exists. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Hash | Returns a SHA512 hash for the email source parsed. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Header | Queries a header entry. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderCount | Queries number of header entries. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderValue | Queries header value by header name. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Inline | Queries an inline graphics property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.InlineCount | Queries number of inline images. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.List | Lists all email parser reference numbers. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.MessageID | Queries the message ID of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Parse | Parses an email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseContainer | Parses an email stored in container. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseFile | Parses an email from a file. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.PlainText | Queries plain text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ProcessImageReferences | Processes image references in HTML. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ReceiveDate | Queries the date and time of the email. | 6.4 |
| EmailParser.SentDate | Queries the date and time of the email. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Source | Returns the source of the email as we parsed it. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.SourceWithoutAttachments | Returns the source of the email without attachments. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Subject | Queries the subject line of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteAttachment | Writes an attachment to a file path. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteInline | Writes an inline graphics to a file path. | 5.3 |
| Encryption.Cipher | Encrypts or decrypts of a value. | 4.1 |
| Encryption.DecryptAES | Decrypts data with AES engine in CBC mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.DecryptBlowfish | Decrypts data with Blowfish engine in CFB64 mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.DecryptContainerAES | Decrypts container value with AES engine in CFB mode. | 2.9 |
| Encryption.DecryptContainerBlowfish | Decrypts container value with Blowfish engine. | 2.9 |
| Encryption.EncryptAES | Encrypts data with with AES engine in CBC mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.EncryptBlowfish | Decrypts data with Blowfish engine in CFB64 mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.EncryptContainerAES | Encrypts container value with AES engine in CFB mode. | 2.9 |
| Encryption.EncryptContainerBlowfish | Encrypts container value with Blowfish engine. | 2.9 |
| EnvironmentVariables.ClearValue | Clears a variable by removing it from the environment. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Count | Queries number of environment variables. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Name | Queries name of environment variable with given index. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Names | Queries list of environment variable names. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.SetValue | Sets an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Value | Queries value of an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| EventMonitor.Clear | Clears last event captured. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.ClearCardWindow | Clears trigger for card window. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.GetEnabled | Queries whether event monitor is enabled. | 6.3 |
| EventMonitor.Install | Installs event monitor. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.LastMouseClickButton | Queries the index of the last pressed mouse button. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.LastMouseClickIsDoubleClick | Queries if last recognized mouse click is a double click. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.LastMousePositionX | Queries last mouse position. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.LastMousePositionY | Queries last mouse position. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.SetCardWindow | Sets script trigger for clicks outside card. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.SetEnabled | Enables or disables event monitor. | 6.3 |
| Events.Alarm.Copy | Creates a copy of the alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetAbsoluteDate | Represents an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetEmailAddress | Query the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetProximity | Queries proximity. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetRelativeOffset | Queries the relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetSound | Queries the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetStructuredLocation | Queries the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetURL | Queries the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetAbsoluteDate | Sets an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetEmailAddress | Sets the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetProximity | Sets the proximity for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetRelativeOffset | Sets a relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetSound | Sets the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetStructuredLocation | Sets the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetURL | Sets the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo | Calculates the next alarm time. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.Type | Queries the type of alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.AuthorizationStatusForEntityType | Returns the authorization status for the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.AllowsContentModifications | Represents whether you can this add, remove, or modify items in this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.CalendarIdentifier | A unique identifier for the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Duplicate | Creates a copy of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetColor | Returns the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetSource | Query the source ID for this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetTitle | Gets the title of the calendar | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetType | Queries type of calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Immutable | Queries whether calendar is immutable. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetColor | Sets the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetSource | Sets the source for a new calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetTitle | Sets the title of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Subscribed | Whether this is a subscribed calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.allowedEntityTypes | Returns the entity types this calendar can contain. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.supportedEventAvailabilities | Returns list of supported event availabilities. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarCount | Queries number of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarItemsWithExternalIdentifier | Finds matching events for external identifier. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendars | Returns calendars that support a given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.ClearNotification | Clears the script trigger for changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Commit | Commits pending changes to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.CompletedReminders | Fetch completed reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.DelegateSources | Returns an unordered list of sources for all available delegates. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.BirthdayPersonUniqueID | Specifies the address book unique ID of the person this event was created for. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetAllDay | Query whether this is an all day event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetAvailability | Queries availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetEndDate | Queries the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStartDate | Queries the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStructuredLocation | Queries structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.IsDetached | Represents whether this event is detached from a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.OccurrenceDate | The occurrence date of an event if it is part of a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Refresh | Refreshes an event object to ensure it's still valid. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAllDay | Sets the all day flag for an event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAvailability | Sets availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetEndDate | Sets the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStartDate | Sets the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStructuredLocation | Sets the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Status | Queries status of event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.compareStartDateWithEvent | Comparison function. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.organizer | The organizer of this event, or empty. | 6.2 |
| Events.EventStoreIdentifier | Returns a unique identifier string representing this calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Events | Queries events in a given time range. | 6.2 |
| Events.IncompleteReminders | Fetch incompleted reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.Initialize | Initializes EventKit and opens event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddAlarm | Adds an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddRecurrenceRule | Adds a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Alarms | Queries list of alarm references. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Attendees | Queries list of attendee reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemExternalIdentifier | A server-provided identifier for this calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemIdentifier | Returns a unique identifier for a calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Duplicate | Creates a copy of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetCalendar | Queries the calendar for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetLocation | Queries the location text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetNotes | Queries the notes text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTimeZone | Queries timezone. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTitle | Queries title of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetURL | Queries the URL for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAlarms | Whether this event has alarms. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAttendees | Whether this event has attendees. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasNotes | Whether this event has notes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasRecurrenceRules | Whether this event has recurrence rules. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RecurrenceRules | Queries list of recurrence rules reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveAlarm | Removes an alarm from the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveRecurrenceRule | Removes a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetCalendar | Sets the calendar for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetLocation | Sets the location for this event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetNotes | Sets the notes text for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTimeZone | Sets time zone for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTitle | Sets the item title. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetURL | Sets the URL for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.creationDate | Queries creation date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.lastModifiedDate | Queries last modification date. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarm | Creates a new alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithAbsoluteDate | Creates a new alarm with an absolute trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithRelativeOffset | Creates a new alarm with a relative trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewCalendar | Creates a new calendar that may contain the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewEvent | Creates a new event. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewReminder | Creates a new reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.HasChanges | Checks if there are changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.IsNew | Returns 1 if this object has never been saved, else 0. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Refresh | Refreshes values for this object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Reset | Resets the object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Rollback | Discards any changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetName | Queries name of participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetStatus | Queries participant status. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.IsCurrentUser | Whether this is current user. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Name | Name of this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Person | Returns the addressbook person reference that represents this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Role | The role of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Status | The status of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Type | The type of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.URL | URL representing this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.Copy | Creates a copy of the day of week object. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.DayOfTheWeek | The day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.NewWithDayOfWeek | Creates a object with a day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.WeekNumber | The week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.Copy | Creates a copy of a recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.EndDate | Queries end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithEndDate | Creates a recurrence end with a specific end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithOccurrenceCount | Creates a recurrence end with a maximum occurrence count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.OccurrenceCount | Queries count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.CalendarIdentifier | Calendar used by this recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Copy | Creates a copy of the recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheMonth | Queries days of the month. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheWeek | Queries days of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheYear | Queries days of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Description | Returns short description text for debugging. | 7.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.FirstDayOfTheWeek | Queries first day of week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Frequency | Queries frequency. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.GetRecurrenceEnd | Queries recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Interval | Queries interval. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.MonthsOfTheYear | Queries months of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.NewWithFrequency | Creates a new recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetPositions | Queries the set positions. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetRecurrenceEnd | Sets the recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.WeeksOfTheYear | Queries weeks of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RefreshSourcesIfNecessary | Cause a sync to potentially occur taking into account the necessity of it. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompleted | Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompletionDate | Queries the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueDate | Queries due date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetPriority | Queries the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartDate | Queries start date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompleted | Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompletionDate | Sets the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDate | The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDateComponents | The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetPriority | Sets the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDate | Sets the start date of the task. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDateComponents | Sets the start date of the task, as date components. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminders | Fetch all reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveCalendar | Removes a calendar from the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveEvent | Removes an event from the calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveReminder | Removes a reminder from the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reset | Resets the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveCalendar | Saves changes to a calendar, or adds a new calendar to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveEvent | Saves changes to an event permanently. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveReminder | Saves changes to a reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.SelectEvent | Selects an event via ID. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotification | Installs a notification script. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotificationEvaluate | Installs a notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Calendars | Queries calendars inside the given source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Title | Queries title of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Type | Queries type of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.SourceWithType | Returns the first source matching the type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Sources | Returns an unordered list of source IDs. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Copy | Creates a copy of the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetGeoLocation | Queries the geo location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetRadius | Queries radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.NewLocationWithTitle | Creates a new location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetGeoLocation | Sets the geo coordinates for this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetRadius | Sets the radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Title | Queries the title of this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewEvents | Returns the calendar that events should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewReminders | Returns the calendar that reminders should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| Events.requestAccessToEntityType | Requests access for the entity type. | 6.2 |
| FM.AllowFileDragDrop | Installs fix for file drag and drop problem. | 7.0 |
| FM.Argument | Query an argument passed to FileMaker from command line. | 5.1 |
| FM.ArgumentCount | Queries number of arguments. | 5.1 |
| FM.Beep | Beeps. | 8.2 |
| FM.CurrentScriptID | Queries ID of current running FileMaker script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentScriptName | Queries name of current script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentThreadID | Queries current thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.DataType | Returns data type of argument. | 6.1 |
| FM.DataViewerContent | Looks for data viewer and copies visible table content. | 6.3 |
| FM.DeleteRecord | Deletes an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.DeleteRecords | Deletes existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.DisableRuntimeEndWindow | Disables end screen on runtime on Mac. | 4.3 |
| FM.Evaluate | Similar to FileMaker's built in FM Evaluate | 1.3 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQL | Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 3.5 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQLOnIdle | This is similar to FM.ExecuteFileSQL, except that it waits until idle to execute. | 6.5 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL | Execute the SQL Statement against the current FileMaker File. | 1.2 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastError | Queries the last error code from an SQL call | 1.2 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastErrorMessage | Queries the last error message from an SQL call | 3.0 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastSQL | Queries last SQL command. | 7.4 |
| FM.ExecuteSQLOnIdle | This is similar to FM.ExecuteSQL, except that it waits until idle to execute. | 1.2 |
| FM.GetSQLBatchMode | Queries turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord | Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord2 | Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord3 | Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertRecord | Inserts a new record in a table in one line. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordCSV | Inserts records based on CSV text. | 7.4 |
| FM.InsertRecordQuery | Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordQueryIgnoreDuplicates | Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertRecordTSV | Inserts records based on tab/return separated text. | 5.3 |
| FM.InsertSetUpdateProgressDialog | Enable updating progress bar. | 6.2 |
| FM.IsMainThread | Checks if current thread is main thread. | 5.1 |
| FM.Loop | Universal function to run a loop with evaluate. | 8.2 |
| FM.MainThreadID | Queries main thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.NULL | Returns a null value. | 5.1 |
| FM.PatchNotificationProblem | Patched problem with Scroll Notifications. | 8.1 |
| FM.QueryBaseTableNames | Queries the base table names of all tables currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForBaseTableName | Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForTableName | Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryTableNames | Queries the table names of all tables currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.RunDataDesignReport | Performs a data design report automatically. | 5.0 |
| FM.RunScript | Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.RunScriptIdle | Runs a script after idle period. | 3.3 |
| FM.RunScriptLater | Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.SQL.CSV | Queries text of SQL result for CSV export. | 7.0 |
| FM.SQL.Execute | Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Field | Queries field value for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldCount | Queries number of fields. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldType | Queries field type for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecords | Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecordsToSQL | Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecord | Returns a row as JSON object. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecords | Returns rows as JSON array. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.Release | Releases memory used for the SQL result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.RowCount | Queries number of rows in the result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Text | Queries text of SQL result. | 7.0 |
| FM.ScriptIDForScriptName | Queries the ID for script with given name. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNameForScriptID | Queries script name for a script ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNames | Queries list of script names in current file. | 5.1 |
| FM.SetSQLBatchMode | Sets turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.SetThreadName | Sets a new name for a thread. | 6.0 |
| FM.StopScriptIdle | Stops any idle timer. | 5.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord | Update an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord2 | Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord3 | Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords | Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords2 | Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords3 | Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.VariableClear | Destroys a variable that was declared with FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableClearAll | Clears all variables. | 5.2 |
| FM.VariableExists | Checks if a variable with that name exists. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableGet | Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableList | Returns list of all variables names and values. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableNames | Queries list of all variable names. | 8.0 |
| FM.VariableReset | Resets the list of variables. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableSet | Stores a named variable that can be retrieved later using FM.VariableGet. | 1.2 |
| FSEvents.Create | Creates a new FSEvents monitor. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.CreateRelativeToDevice | Creates a new FSEvents monitor relative to a device. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.CurrentEventId | Queries current event ID for system. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Description | Queries description event for this FSEvents object. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.DeviceBeingWatched | Queries device ID of device watched. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.DeviceID | Queries the DeviceID for a disk. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.EventCount | Queries number of events in queue. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.FlushASync | Flushes events asynchronously. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.FlushSync | Flushes events synchronously. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.GetEvaluate | Not yet documented | 6.2 |
| FSEvents.GetExclusionPaths | Queries list of exclusion paths. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.GetFileName | Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.GetScriptName | Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.HasNextEvent | Checks if there is a pending event in the queue. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.LastEventIdForDeviceBeforeTime | Queries event ID for a given time on a device. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.LatestEventId | Queries latest Event ID for this stream. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.NextEvent | Queries next event in queue. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.PathsBeingWatched | Queries the paths being watched. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Release | Releases the FSEvents object. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.SetEvaluate | Sets the expression for evaluate when database changes. | 6.2 |
| FSEvents.SetExclusionPaths | Sets directories to be filtered from the EventStream. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.SetFileName | Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.SetScriptName | Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Show | Shows details for this FSEvents object on console. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Start | Starts FSEvents monitor. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Started | Queries if FSEvents monitor is started. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Stop | Stops FSEvent monitor. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.UUIDForDevice | Gets the UUID associated with a device. | 6.0 |
| FileDialog.GetAllowMulti | Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetAllowsOtherFileTypes | Queries if other file types. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.GetCanSelectHiddenExtension | Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetFilter | Queries which filter is defined. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.GetInitialDirectory | Queries the initial directory. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetMessage | Returns the message displayed in the save panel. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetNameFieldLabel | Returns the string displayed in front of the filename text field. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetNameFieldStringValue | Returns the user-editable filename currently shown in the name field. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetPath | Queries the native path with the given index. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetPathCount | Queries number of file paths available. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetPrompt | Queries current prompt text. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetResolvesAliases | Returns whether the panel resolves aliases. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetShowHidden | Returns whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories | Whether the panel displays file packages as directories. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetWindowTitle | Returns the title of the panel. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.OpenFileDialog | Shows dialog to select a file. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.Reset | Resets all options to default values. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SaveFileDialog | Shows dialog to select where to save a file. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SelectFolderDialog | Shows dialog to select a folder. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SelectItemDialog | Shows dialog to select either file or folder. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetAllowMulti | Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetAllowsOtherFileTypes | Sets whether other file types are allowed. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.SetCanSelectHiddenExtension | Sets whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetFilter | Queries whether other file types are allowed. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.SetInitialDirectory | Sets the initial directory. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetMessage | Sets the message text displayed in the panel. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetNameFieldLabel | Sets the text displayed in front of the text field. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetNameFieldStringValue | Sets the filename in the name field to the specified value. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetPrompt | Sets the prompt of the default button. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetResolvesAliases | Sets whether the panel resolves aliases. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetShowHidden | Specifies whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories | Sets the panel's behavior for displaying file packages (for example, MyApp.app) to the user. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetWindowTitle | Sets the title of the dialog. | 2.7 |
| FileDialogWatcher.GetLastPath | Queries the last path used in open/save dialogs. | 2.6 |
| FileDialogWatcher.Install | Installs the required code to catch file names from open/save dialogs on Mac. | 2.6 |
| Files.AccessDate | Queries the access date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.AddedToDirectoryDate | Queries the date of the file or folder when it was added to parent folder. | 6.4 |
| Files.AppPath | Returns the path to the main executable for this FileMaker solution. | 2.7 |
| Files.CanOpenFile | Checks if plugin can read file. | 5.4 |
| Files.CopyFile | Copies the file without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.CreateBookmark | Creates a bookmark from a file path. | 3.1 |
| Files.CreateDirectory | Creates a directory. | 2.7 |
| Files.CreateHardLink | Creates a new hard link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreateSymbolicLink | Creates a new symbolic link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreationDate | Queries the creation date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.Delete | Deletes a file directly without moving to trash. | 3.3 |
| Files.DeleteFolder | Deletes a file or folder directly without moving to trash. | 4.2 |
| Files.DirectoryExists | Checks whether a directory exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.DiskInfo | Queries information about a volume. | 5.0 |
| Files.FileDisplayName | Queries the display name of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileExists | Checks whether a file exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.FileExtension | Queries the file extension of the given path. | 5.2 |
| Files.FileInfo | Queries some file information. | 4.3 |
| Files.FileKind | Queries the file kind string. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileName | Queries the file name of the given path. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileSize | Queries file size. | 2.7 |
| Files.FileUTITypes | Queries uniform type identifiers for this file. | 2.9 |
| Files.FolderSize | Calculate sizes of folder. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetComment | Queries Finder's file comment. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetFinderLabel | Queries the label of the file or folder. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetNodeID | Queries the NodeID fo the file or folder. | 3.1 |
| Files.GetPathFromNodeID | Finds the file or folder for the given NodeID on the given volume. | 3.1 |
| Files.GetPosixPermissions | Queries posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.GetTagNames | Queries names of the tags assigned to the file/folder. | 3.5 |
| Files.IsHidden | Queries hidden state of a file or folder. | 7.1 |
| Files.ItemExists | Checks whether a item exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.Launch | Launches the file. | 2.7 |
| Files.LaunchFile | Launches the file. | 2.7 |
| Files.List | Queries list of file names in folder. | 2.8 |
| Files.ListRecursive | Queries list of paths in folder. | 4.1 |
| Files.ListVolumes | Lists mounted volumes. | 6.5 |
| Files.ModificationDate | Queries the modification date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.Mount | Mounts a network share. | 5.1 |
| Files.MoveFile | Moves a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.MoveToTrash | Deletes an item by moving it to trash without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ReadFile | Reads a file with the given path. | 3.5 |
| Files.ReadJPEG | Reads a JPEG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPDF | Reads a PDF file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPNG | Reads a PNG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.RenameFile | Renames a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ResolveBookmark | Resolves a bookmark. | 3.1 |
| Files.RevealFile | Reveals the file/folder in the shell. | 2.7 |
| Files.SetComment | Sets the file comment. | 6.2 |
| Files.SetCreationDate | Sets the file creation date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetFinderLabel | Sets the Finder label. | 6.2 |
| Files.SetHidden | Sets the hidden state of a file or folder. | 7.1 |
| Files.SetModificationDate | Sets the file modification date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetPosixPermissions | Sets posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.SetTagNames | Sets the tags for a file/folder. | 3.5 |
| Files.Unmount | Unmount a volume. | 5.1 |
| Files.WriteFile | Writes a file with the given data. | 3.5 |
| Folders.Applications | Queries path to applications folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.LocalFonts | Queries path to local font folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.LocalPreferences | Queries path to local preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SharedDocuments | Queries path to shared documents folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.System | Queries system folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SystemFonts | Queries path to system font folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SystemTemporary | Queries temporary folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDesktop | Queries path to user's desktop folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDocuments | Queries path to user's document folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDownloads | Queries location of user's downloads folder. | 6.2 |
| Folders.UserFonts | Queries path to user's font folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserHome | Queries path to user’s home folder. | 7.3 |
| Folders.UserMusic | Queries path to user's music folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserPictures | Queries path to user’s picture folder. | 7.2 |
| Folders.UserPreferences | Queries path to user's preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserTemporary | Queries temporary folder. | 6.2 |
| Folders.UserTrash | Queries trash folder location for current user. | 5.1 |
| Folders.UserVideo | Queries path to user's video folder. | 4.3 |
| Font.Activate | Activates a font inside app or whole computer. | 2.6 |
| Font.CalculateTextWidth | Calculates with of text. | 6.5 |
| Font.Deactivate | Deactivates a font inside app or whole computer. | 2.6 |
| FontManager.FontFile | Queries the native file path to a font file. | 6.2 |
| FontManager.ListFontFamilies | Queries a list of font families. | 5.1 |
| FontManager.ListFonts | Queries list of all fonts or list of fonts of a family. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.AdaptiveThreshold | Local adaptive threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoise | Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoiseChannel | Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcAbs | Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcRel | Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathClosePath | Close the current subpath by drawing a straight line from the current point to current subpath's most recent starting point (usually, the most recent moveto point). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoAbs | Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoRel | Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoAbs | Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalAbs | Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalRel | Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoRel | Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalAbs | Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalRel | Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoAbs | Simple moveto with absolute coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoRel | Simple moveto with relative coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoAbs | Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoRel | Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoAbs | Adds a smooth curve to path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoRel | Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs | Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel | Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Affine | Applies an affine transformation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Annotate | Annotate image (draw text on image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AveragePixelValue | Calculates the average pixel value. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.BaseColumns | Returns the base image width (before transformations). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseFilename | Returns the Base image filename (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseRows | Returns the base image height (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Blur | Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BlurChannel | Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Border | Border image (add border to image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BoundingBox | Returns smallest bounding box enclosing non-border pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Channel | Extract channel from image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Charcoal | Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal sketch). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Chop | Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal subregion of image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipMask | Associate a clip mask with the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipPath | Select a drawing clip path matching name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Colorize | Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ColorizeRGB | Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Columns | Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Compare | Compares current image with another image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Composite | Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CompositeXY | Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Contrast | Contrast image (enhance intensity differences in image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Copy | Creates a copy of the picture. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CopyChannel | Copies one channel from one image into channel of other image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Crop | Crop image (subregion of original image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CycleColormap | Cycle image colormap. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Despeckle | Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Destroy | Releases the image from memory. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.DestroyAll | Destroys all images. | 7.0 |
| GMImage.Directory | Returns the directory string. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.DrawArc | Draws an arc. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawCircle | Draws a circle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawEllipse | Draw an ellipse. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawLine | Draws a line. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawPath | Draw on image using vector path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.DrawRectangle | Draws a rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawRoundRectangle | Draw a rounded rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.Edge | Edge image (hilight edges in image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Emboss | Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Enhance | Enhance image (minimize noise) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Equalize | Equalize image (histogram equalization) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Erase | Erase image to current "background color" | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FillPattern | Sets the pattern to use while filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInColumn | Locates first pixel in the column with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInRow | Locates first pixel in the row with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Flip | Flip image (reflect each scanline in the vertical direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColor | Flood-fill color across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColorXY | Flood-fill color across pixels starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillOpacity | Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTexture | Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTextureXY | Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Flop | Flop image (reflect each scanline in the horizontal direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FontTypeMetrics | Queries space needed for text. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Format | Long image format description. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Frame | Frame image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Gamma | Gamma correct image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlur | Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlurChannel | Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Geometry | Preferred size of the image when encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAdjoin | Get adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationDelay | Queries the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationIterations | Queries the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAntiAlias | Returns whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAttribute | Query a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundColor | Queries the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundTexture | Queries the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBorderColor | Queries the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBoxColor | Queries the Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClassType | Queries the Image class (DirectClass or PseudoClass) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClipMask | Queries clip mask image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.GetColorFuzz | Queries the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorMapSize | Queries the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorSpace | Queries the Image Color Space | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetComment | Queries the comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompose | Queries the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompressType | Queries the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDebug | Queries whether printing of debug messages from ImageMagick is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineSet | Queries a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineValue | Queries a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDensity | Queries the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDepth | Queries the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetEXIFOrientation | Queries orientation from EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.GetEndian | Queries the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileName | Queries the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileSize | Returns the number of bytes of the image on disk | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillColor | Queries the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillRule | Queries the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFilterType | Queries the Filter to use when resizing image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFont | Queries the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFontPointsize | Queries the Font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetGamma | Gamma level of the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetGifDisposeMethod | Queries the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetHeight | Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetICCColorProfile | Queries the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetInterlaceType | Queries the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIsValid | Does object contain valid image? | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsBase64 | Returns the picture in JPEG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsHex | Returns the picture in JPEG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetLabel | Queries the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetLineWidth | Queries the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMagick | Queries the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatte | Queries the image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatteColor | Queries the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetModulusDepth | Queries the image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMonochrome | Queries the monochrome flag. Transform image to black and white | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetOrientation | Queries the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsBase64 | Returns the picture in PNG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsHex | Returns the picture in PNG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPage | Queries the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPixelColor | get pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetProfile | Retrieve a named profile from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuality | Queries the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColorSpace | Gets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColors | Queries the Maximum number of colors to quantize to. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeDither | Queries whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeTreeDepth | Queries the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetRenderingIntent | Queries the type of rendering intent. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetResolutionUnits | Queries which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetScene | Gets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSize | Queries the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeAntiAlias | Whether stroke anti-aliasing is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeColor | Queries the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashArray | Queries the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashOffset | Gets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineCap | Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineJoin | Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeMiterLimit | Gets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeWidth | Gets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubImage | Queries which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubRange | Gets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTextEncoding | Queries the text encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTileName | Queries the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetType | Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetVerbose | Queries whether to print detailed information about the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetView | Queries the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetWidth | Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetXMP | Query XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.GetchannelDepth | Obtain modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetcolorMap | Queries an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetiptcProfile | Queries the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetiptcProfileValues | Queries list with all IPTC values found. | 6.2 |
| GMImage.ImageCount | Queries number of open images. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Implode | Implode image (special effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Level | Level image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.LevelChannel | Level image channel. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.List | Lists all IDs of images in memory. | 8.1 |
| GMImage.Magnify | Magnify image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Map | Remap image colors with closest color from reference image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MatteFloodfill | Floodfill designated area with replacement opacity value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MeanErrorPerPixel | The mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MedianFilter | Filter image by replacing each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Minify | Reduce image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Modulate | Modulate percent hue, saturation, and brightness of an image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MontageGeometry | Tile size and offset within an image montage. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MotionBlur | Motion blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MultiplyChannel | Multiplies all values in a channel. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Negate | Negate colors in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.New | Construct a blank image canvas of specified size and color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromBase64 | Loads a picture from base64 encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromContainer | Loads a picture from the given container. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromFile | Loads a picture file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromHex | Loads a picture from hex encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromContainer | Loads a picture from the given container. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromFile | Loads a picture file with several files. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.Normalize | Normalize image (increase contrast by normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMaxError | The normalized max error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMeanError | The normalized mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.OilPaint | Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opacity | Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opaque | Change color of opaque pixel to specified pen color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.PopClipPath | Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by GMImage.PushClipPath. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.PurgeTemporaryFiles | Asks GraphicsMagick to purge all temp files. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.PushClipPath | Push (create) clip path definition with new name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Quantize | Quantize image (reduce number of colors). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Raise | Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThreshold | Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThresholdChannel | Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ReduceNoise | Reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ReplaceColor | Replaces a color with another color value for the whole image. | 4.3 |
| GMImage.Roll | Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rollxy | Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotate | Rotate image by specified number of degrees. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotating | Set rotation to use when drawing. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Rows | Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sample | Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scale | Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scaling | Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Segment | Segments the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAdjoin | Set adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationDelay | Sets the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationIterations | Sets the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAntiAlias | Sets whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAttribute | Set a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundColor | Sets the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundTexture | Sets the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBorderColor | Sets the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBoxColor | Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCacheThreshold | Sets the Pixel cache threshold in megabytes. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetClassType | Sets the Image class (DirectClass=1 or PseudoClass=2) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorFuzz | Sets the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorMapSize | Sets the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorSpace | Sets the Image Color Space. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetComment | Sets the image comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompose | Sets the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompressType | Sets the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDebug | Enables printing of debug messages from ImageMagick | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineSet | Sets a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineValue | Sets a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDensity | Sets the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDepth | Sets the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetEXIFOrientation | Sets orientation for EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.SetEndian | Sets the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFileName | Sets the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillColor | Sets the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillRule | Sets the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFilterType | Sets the Filter to use when resizing image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFont | Sets the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFontPointsize | Sets the font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetGifDisposeMethod | Sets the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetICCColorProfile | Sets the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetInterlaceType | Sets the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetIsValid | Sets whether the object contain a valid image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLabel | Sets the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLineWidth | Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMagick | Sets the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatte | Sets whether image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatteColor | Sets the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetModulusDepth | Sets the Image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMonochrome | If set, transform image to black and white. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetOrientation | Sets the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPage | Sets the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPixelColor | set pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetProfile | Add or remove a named profile to/from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuality | Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColorSpace | Sets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColors | Sets the Maximum number of colors to quantize to | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeDither | Sets whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeTreeDepth | Sets the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetRenderingIntent | Sets the type of rendering intent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetResolutionUnits | Sets which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetScene | Sets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSize | Sets the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeAntiAlias | Enables/disables stroke anti-aliasing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeColor | Sets the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashArray | Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashOffset | Sets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineCap | Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineJoin | Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeMiterLimit | Sets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeWidth | Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubImage | Selects which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubRange | Sets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTextEncoding | Sets the Annotation text encoding (e.g. "UTF-16") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTileName | Sets the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetType | Sets the Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetVerbose | Sets whether to print detailed information about the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetView | Sets the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetXMP | Sets the XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.SetchannelDepth | Set modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetcolorMap | Sets an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetiptcProfile | Sets the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shade | Shade image using distant light source. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sharpen | Sharpen pixels in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SharpenChannel | Sharpen pixels in image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shave | Shave pixels from image edges. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shear | Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding image by X or Y axis). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Signature | Image signature. Set force to 1 in order to re-calculate the signature regardless of whether the image data has been modified. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SkewX | Apply Skew in X direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.SkewY | Apply Skew in Y direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Solarize | Solarize image (similar to effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Spread | Spread pixels randomly within image by specified ammount. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Stegano | Add a digital watermark to the image (based on second image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Stereo | Create an image which appears in stereo when viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Strip | Remove all profiles and text attributes from the image. | 3.5 |
| GMImage.StrokePattern | Sets the pattern image to use while stroking object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Swirl | Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by degrees). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Texture | Channel a texture on image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Threshold | Threshold image channels (below threshold becomes black, above threshold becomes white). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TotalColors | Number of colors in the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Transform | Transform image based on image and crop geometries. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformOrigin | Origin of coordinate system to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformReset | Reset transformation parameters to default. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformRotation | Rotation to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformScale | Scale to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewX | Skew to use in X axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewY | Skew to use in Y axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Translation | Apply coordinate translation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Transparent | Add matte image to image, setting pixels matching color to transparent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Trim | Trim edges that are the background color from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Unsharpmask | Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.UnsharpmaskChannel | Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Wave | Map image pixels to a sine wave: | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteImages | Writes several images to disk. | 3.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToBMPContainer | Writes the picture in BMP format to a container object which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToFile | Write single image frame to a file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToGIFContainer | Writes the picture in GIF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToJPEGContainer | Writes the picture in JPEG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToPDFContainer | Writes the picture in PDF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 7.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToPNGContainer | Writes the picture in PNG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToTiffContainer | Writes the picture in TIFF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 4.4 |
| GMImage.XResolution | Returns the x resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.YResolution | Returns the y resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Zoom | Zoom image to specified size. | 2.0 |
| GZipFile.Compress | Compresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GZipFile.Decompress | Decompresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GetSystemUIMode | Queries the current system UI mode. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values. | 2.1 |
| GetSystemUIModeOptions | Queries the current system UI mode options. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values. | 2.1 |
| Hash.Digest | Calculates a hash of a value. | 4.1 |
| Hash.MD5 | Calculated MD5 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.MD5.HMAC | Returns the a MD5 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| Hash.PBKDF2.HMAC | Returns the PBKDF2 hash value of the data, first applying the salt value and using the specified hashAlgorithm. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomHexString | Creates a random hex string. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomString | Creates a random string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1 | Calculated SHA-1 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1.HMAC | Returns the a SHA1 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256 | Calculated SHA-256 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256.HMAC | Returns the a SHA256 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA512 | Calculated SHA-512 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.SHA512.HMAC | Returns the a SHA512 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| HotKey.GetEnabled | Queries the enabled state. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | 6.1 |
| HotKey.GetIgnoreOnModal | Queries state for modal dialogs. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetKeyCode | Returns the key code given at registration. | 5.2 |
| HotKey.GetKeyUp | Queries whether to trigger script both on key down and key up. | 7.1 |
| HotKey.GetLocal | Queries the local flag. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetModifiers | Returns the modifiers given at registration. | 5.2 |
| HotKey.GetName | Queries the name defined for this hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetScriptFileName | Queries filename of script to call in case of event. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.GetScriptName | Queries name of script to call in case of event. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.GetTag | Queries the tag defined for this hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.List | Lists all hotkeys. | 5.2 |
| HotKey.Register | Registers a global hot key based on the virtual key code and modifiers. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.SetEnabled | Sets the enabled state. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | 6.1 |
| HotKey.SetIgnoreOnModal | Sets state for modal dialogs. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetKeyUp | Whether to trigger script both on key down and key up. | 7.1 |
| HotKey.SetLocal | Sets the local flag. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetName | Sets the name of a hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetScript | Sets which script to call if hotkey is pressed. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.SetTag | Sets the tag of a hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.Unregister | Unregisters a hotkey and frees resources. | 5.0 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Close | Closes the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetCancelButtonLabel | Queries the caption of the cancel button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalCameras | Queries whether to include local cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalScanners | Queries whether to include local scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkCameras | Queries whether to include network cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkScanners | Queries whether to include network scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetHeight | Queries height of dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetMode | Queries display mode. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetPrompt | Queries the current prompt text. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetSelectButtonLabel | Queries the caption of the select button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWidth | Queries the width of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWindowTitle | Queries the window title. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Hide | Hides the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Reset | Resets options to default. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceID | Queries ID of selected device. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceName | Queries name of selected device. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetCancelButtonLabel | Sets the caption of the cancel button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalCameras | Sets whether to include local cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalScanners | Sets whether to include local scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkCameras | Sets whether to include network cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkScanners | Sets whether to include network scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetHeight | Sets the height of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetMode | Sets the display mode. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetPrompt | Sets prompt text. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetSelectButtonLabel | Sets the caption of the select button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetTrigger | Sets the script trigger to notify on events. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWidth | Sets the width of the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWindowTitle | Sets window title. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Show | Shows the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Visible | Queries whether window is visible. | 6.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.ClearNotification | Clears the script to be called. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsEditing | Queries whether image editing is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsFileChoosing | Queries whether image files can be chosen. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsVideoCapture | Queries whether video capture is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetInformationalText | Queries informational text. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetInputImage | Return the original PictureTaker's input-image. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetMirroring | Queries video mirroring status. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImage | Return the edited image. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxHeight | Queries the maximum allowed image height. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxWidth | Queries the maximum allowed image width. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetRemainOpenAfterValidate | Queries whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowAddressBookPicture | Queries whether addressbook pictures are shown. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowEffects | Queries wether to show effects. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowEmptyPicture | Queries the image to be shown for empty picture. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowRecentPicture | Queries whether to show recent pictures. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetUpdateRecentPicture | Queries whether to allow a recent picture to be updated. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.Run | Launch the PictureTaker. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsEditing | Sets whether image editing is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsFileChoosing | Sets whether image files can be chosen. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsVideoCapture | Sets whether video capture is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetInformationalText | Sets informational text. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetInputImage | Set the image input for the PictureTaker. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetMirroring | Controls whether the receiver enable/disable video mirroring durring snapshots (default is on). | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetNotification | Installs a notification script. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetOutputImageMaxSize | Sets maximum size of the output image. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetRemainOpenAfterValidate | Sets whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowAddressBookPicture | Sets whether address book pictures are shown. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowEffects | Sets wether to show effects. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowEmptyPicture | Sets the image to be shown for empty picture. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowRecentPicture | Sets whether to show recent pictures. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetUpdateRecentPicture | Sets whether to allow a recent picture to be updated. | 3.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.ClearImage | Clears all images. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Close | Closes the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetCombine | Queries the combine flag. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDocumentName | Queries the document name. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDownloadsDirectory | Queries download folder. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetHeight | Queries height of dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetMode | Queries mode of the scanner interface. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetOverviewControlLabel | Queries the label for the 'Overview' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScanControlLabel | Queries the label for the 'Scan' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceID | Queries ID of current scanner device. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceName | Queries name of current scanner device. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWidth | Queries the width of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWindowTitle | Queries the window title. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Hide | Hides the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.ImageCount | Queries number of images in queue. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.NextImage | Queries path of next image. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Reset | Resets options to default. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetCloseTrigger | Sets a close trigger. | 8.1 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetCombine | Sets the combine flag. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDocumentName | Set the document name. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDownloadsDirectory | Sets the download directory. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetHeight | Sets the height of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetMode | Sets mode of the scanner interface. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetOverviewControlLabel | Sets the label for the 'Overview' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScanControlLabel | Sets the label for the 'Scan' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceID | Selects scanner by ID. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceName | Selects scanner by name. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetTrigger | Sets the trigger to notify when new picture arrives. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWidth | Sets the width of the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWindowTitle | Sets window title. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Show | Shows the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Visible | Queries whether window is visible. | 6.5 |
| IKSlideShow.Add | Adds a slide. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.AddImage | Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.AddPDF | Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.AddPath | Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.AddURL | Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.Clear | Clears the list of slides. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.Count | Returns number of items. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.GetAudioFile | Queries the audio file path. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.GetMode | Queries the mode for slideshow. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayBox | Queries the current PDF display box. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayMode | Queries the current PDF display mode. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplaysAsBook | Queries whether PDFs are displayed as book currently. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetScreen | Queries screen index. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.GetStartIndex | Queries the start index for the slide show. | 1.8 |
| IKSlideShow.GetStartPaused | Queries whether the slide show should start paused. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetWrapAround | Queries the current wrap around setting. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.ItemAtIndex | Queries item at index. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.Run | Runs the slide show with the current slide list and the current options. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetAudioFile | Sets the audio file to play while doing slide show. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.SetMode | Sets the mode for slideshow. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayBox | Sets the PDF display box which should be used to display PDFs. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayMode | Sets the PDF display mode which should be used to display PDFs. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplaysAsBook | Sets whether a PDF is displayed as book. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetScreen | Sets the screen. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.SetStartIndex | Sets the start index for the slide show. | 1.8 |
| IKSlideShow.SetStartPaused | Defines whether the slideshow starts paused or not. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetWrapAround | Specifies the new wrap around setting. | 1.6 |
| Icon.ClearIcon | Clears the custom icon for the file or directory at the specified path. | 2.7 |
| Icon.GetIcon | Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | 2.3 |
| Icon.GetIconWithQuickLook | Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | 2.3 |
| Icon.SetIcon | Sets the icon for the file or directory at the specified path. | 2.7 |
| ImageCapture.CloseDevice | Requests to close a previously opened session on this device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.DeviceInfo | Queries information about device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.Devices | Queries list of devices. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.Features | Queries list of features. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.GetFeatureValue | Queries vendor feature value. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.GetParameter | Queries a parameter of current functional unit. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.ImagePaths | Queries list of image files. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.Initialize | Initializes Image Capture engine. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.OpenDevice | Requests to open a session on the device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.PreferredDevice | Returns UUID for preferred device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.SetFeatureValue | Sets a vendor feature value. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.SetParameter | Sets a parameter for current functional device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.cancelScan | Cancels current scan. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.requestOverviewScan | Starts an overview scan on selectedFunctionalUnit. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.requestScan | Starts a scan on selectedFunctionalUnit. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.requestSelectFunctionalUnit | Requests the scanner device to select a functional unit. | 6.4 |
| ImageView.Clear | Clears image. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithControl | Creates a new image view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithSize | Creates a new image view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithWindow | Creates a new image view which covers the whole window. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetHeight | Queries current height of image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetLeft | Queries current position of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTag | Queries the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetToolTip | Queries tooltip text. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTop | Queries current position of the drop area. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetVisible | Queries current visibility state. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetWidth | Queries current width of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.Release | Releases the image view and reclaims memory. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.ReleaseAll | A convenience method to release all image views. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetFrame | Sets a new frame for the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetImage | Sets the image to be shown in the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetTag | Sets the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetToolTip | Sets tooltip for image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetVisible | Hides or shows the image view. | 7.4 |
| Is64bit | Checks if platform is 64bit or 32bit. | 5.0 |
| IsClient | Checks if plugin is running on a client. | 4.3 |
| IsError | Checks whether last plugin function returned error. | 3.4 |
| IsIOS | Whether we run on iOS. | 6.1 |
| IsIOSDevice | Queries whether run on iOS device. | 8.0 |
| IsIOSSimulator | Queries whether run on iOS simulator. | 8.0 |
| IsLinux | Whether we run on Linux. | 6.1 |
| IsMacOSX | Whether we run on Mac. | 6.1 |
| IsMobile | Whether plugin runs on a mobile target. | 7.2 |
| IsRegistered | Queries if plugin is registered with Complete key. | 3.0 |
| IsRuntime | Checks if plugin is running on a runtime. | 4.3 |
| IsServer | Checks if plugin is running on a server. | 4.3 |
| IsWindows | Whether we run on Windows. | 6.1 |
| JSON.AddBooleanToObject | Adds a boolean value to an array. | 6.0 |
| JSON.AddFalseToObject | Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToArray | Adds an item to an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToObject | Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNullToObject | Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a null value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNumberToArray | Adds a number to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddNumberToObject | Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddStringToArray | Adds a string to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddStringToObject | Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddTrueToObject | Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.Clone | Creates a clone of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Colorize | Formats a JSON string with color. | 8.2 |
| JSON.Compact | Returns compact unformatted JSON for the given JSON text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArray | Creates new array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArrayRef | Creates empty array reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateBool | Creates boolean JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateBoolean | Creates a boolean node with given value. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateDoubleArray | Creates a new JSON with a double array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateFalse | Creates a boolean node with false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateIntegerArray | Creates a new JSON with an integer array with given values. | 4.3 |
| JSON.CreateNull | Creates a new NULL entry. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateNumber | Creates a new JSON encoded number. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObject | Creates a new empty object node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObjectRef | Creates empty object reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateString | Creates a string node with given text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArray | Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArrayWithList | Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 4.1 |
| JSON.CreateTrue | Creates a boolean node with true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromArray | Deletes an item from an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromObject | Deletes item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.Format | Returns pretty printed JSON for the given JSON text. | 4.4 |
| JSON.GetArrayItem | Queries entry from array with given index. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetArrayItemsAsList | Queries a list of all array entries. | 4.2 |
| JSON.GetArrayPathItems | Queries value from JSON path in array of objects. | 7.1 |
| JSON.GetArraySize | Queries the number of array entries. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetDoubleValue | Queries a floating point value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetIntegerValue | Queries integer value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItem | Queries named item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTree | Queries named item from an object tree. | 3.2 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTreeRef | Queries named item from an object tree. | 6.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectName | Queries name of item in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectNameList | Queries names of items in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectSize | Queries the number of object items. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetPathItem | Queries value from JSON path. | 6.1 |
| JSON.GetStringValue | Queries string value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetType | Queries type of json object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetValue | Queries the value of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Import | Imports JSON and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Cancel | Cancels current import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Status | Queries status of xml import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Todo | Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Total | Queries total items to be imported. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Work | Performs import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.IsValid | Checks if JSON text is valid. | 6.3 |
| JSON.Parse | Parses JSON text and return reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.Release | Frees a json reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.ReleaseAll | Releases all JSON objects. | 6.0 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInArray | Replaces an item in an array with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInObject | Replaces an item in an object with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.SetPathItem | Sets a value in a JSON hierarchy. | 6.1 |
| Java.CallObjectMethod | Calls a method on an object. | 6.5 |
| Java.CallStaticMethod | Calls a static method on a class. | 6.5 |
| Java.GetContainerFileName | Query container file name to use. | 6.5 |
| Java.GetObjectField | Queries a field on an object. | 6.5 |
| Java.GetStaticField | Queries a static field on a class. | 6.5 |
| Java.Initialize | Initializes JavaVM. | 6.5 |
| Java.Initialized | Checks whether Java VM is initialized. | 6.5 |
| Java.NewClassObject | Creates a new object and invokes constructor. | 6.5 |
| Java.ObjectClassName | Queries name of class of an java object. | 6.5 |
| Java.Release | Releases an object reference. | 6.5 |
| Java.ReleaseAll | Releases all java objects. | 6.5 |
| Java.SetContainerFileName | Sets the container file name to use for next containers. | 6.5 |
| Java.SetObjectField | Sets a field on an object. | 6.5 |
| Java.SetStaticField | Sets a static field on a class. | 6.5 |
| JavaScript.CheckScriptSyntax | Checks script syntax. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.EvaluateScript | Evaluate a string of JavaScript code. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.GetProperty | Queries property value as text. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.HasProperty | Checks if a property is defined. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.New | Creates a new javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterEvaluateFunction | Registers evaluate function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterFunction | Registers a javascript function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterRunScriptFunction | Registers a run script function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterSQLQueryFunction | Registers a SQLQuery function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.Release | Releases a javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.SetProperty | Sets property value. | 5.4 |
| LCMS.ProfileInfo | Queries profile information for an ICC Profile. | 4.0 |
| LDAP.Add | Adds an entry to a tree. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.AddJSON | Adds an entry to a tree. | 8.0 |
| LDAP.AddList | Adds an entry to a tree. | 6.4 |
| LDAP.AddRecord | Adds an entry to a tree. | 7.0 |
| LDAP.Bind | Authenticates a client to the LDAP server. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Connect | Initializes an LDAP connection. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Delete | Removes a leaf entry from the directory tree. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetNetworkTimeOut | Queries network timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetProtocolVersion | Queries protocol version for this connection. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetReferrals | Queries the referrals option. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetTimeOut | Queries timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.JSON | Queries JSON structure of LDAP data. | 8.0 |
| LDAP.Modify | Changes an existing entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.ModifyJSON | Changes an existing entry. | 8.0 |
| LDAP.ModifyRecord | Changes an existing entry. | 7.0 |
| LDAP.Release | Releases the connection. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Rename | Changes the distinguished name of an entry in the directory. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Search | Performs a search. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeCount | Queries number of attributes for an entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeName | Returns the name of an attribute in an entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeNames | Queries all names of attributes for an entry as a list. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValue | Queries a value from search results. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValueCount | Queries the number of values for an attribute. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValues | Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValuesByName | Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | 7.4 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.Count | Queries number of entries in search results. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.DistinguishedName | Queries distinguished name for an entry in search results. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetNetworkTimeOut | Sets network timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetProtocolVersion | Set the protocol version to use. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetReferrals | Sets the referrals option. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetTimeOut | Sets timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SimpleBind | Authenticates a client to a server, using a plaintext password. | 6.0 |
| List.AddPostfix | Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddPrefix | Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddValue | Adds a value to the list. | 7.1 |
| List.And | Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.BestMatch | Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| List.CSVSplit | Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| List.CountValues | Counts values in list. | 8.1 |
| List.CrossProduct | Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| List.DeCombine | Picks elements from each line in a list. | 6.3 |
| List.Deserialize | Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| List.FindEquals | Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.FindUnequals | Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.GetValue | Queries a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.HasDuplicateItems | Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| List.HasValue | Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 6.4 |
| List.InsertValue | Inserts a value to a list. | 7.1 |
| List.MatchesPostfix | Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| List.MatchesPrefix | Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| List.Not | Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| List.Or | Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.RegExMatch | Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| List.Remove | Removes the value with the given index in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.RemoveDuplicateItems | Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemoveEmptyItems | Removes empty items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemovePostfix | Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemovePrefix | Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemoveValue | Removes a value from a quick list. | 7.1 |
| List.Reverse | Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| List.Serialize | Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| List.SetValue | Sets a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.Sort | Sorts the list. | 4.2 |
| List.SubList | Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| List.Trim | Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| List.ValueIndex | Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| List.XOr | Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| ListDialog.AddItemToList | Adds a line to the list. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.AddItemsToList | Adds entries to the list. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.AddSQL | Adds items via SQL statement. | 5.1 |
| ListDialog.ClearList | Clears the list. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetAllowEmptySelection | Queries whether empty selection is allowed. | 5.0 |
| ListDialog.GetAllowMultipleSelection | Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetCancelButtonLabel | Queries the caption of the cancel button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetHeight | Queries height of dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.GetPositionX | Queries dialog position. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.GetPositionY | Queries dialog position. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.GetPrompt | Queries the current prompt text. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetSelectButtonLabel | Queries the caption of the select button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetSelectedTag | Queries the selected tag. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetSelectedTitle | Queries title of the selected item. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetWidth | Queries the width of the dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.GetWindowTitle | Queries the window title. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ListCount | Queries number of list entries. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ListItem | Queries the text displayed for the given index. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ListTag | Queries the tag for the given index. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetAllowEmptySelection | Sets whether empty selection is allowed. | 5.0 |
| ListDialog.SetAllowMultipleSelection | Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetCancelButtonLabel | Sets the caption of the cancel button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetHeight | Sets the height of the dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.SetPosition | Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.SetPositionX | Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.SetPositionY | Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.SetPrompt | Sets prompt text. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetSelectButtonLabel | Sets the caption of the select button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetSelectedTag | Sets which item is selected. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetSelectedTitle | Sets which item is selected. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetWidth | Sets the width of the dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.SetWindowTitle | Sets window title. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ShowDialog | Shows the dialog. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.Sort | Sorts entries. | 7.5 |
| Log | Writes the given values to the debug console. | 2.2 |
| MarkDown.CSS | Queries CSS for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.Create | Creates a new MarkDown convert object with given markdown code. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.HTML | Queries html for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.Release | Releases the mark down object. | 5.1 |
| Math.BitwiseAND | Perform bitwise AND operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseNOT | Perform bitwise not operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseOR | Perform bitwise or operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftLeft | Perform bitwise shift left. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftRight | Perform bitwise shift right. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseXOR | Perform bitwise xor operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.DecToHex | Converts a number to a hexadecimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.DecodeNumber | Decodes a number from it's binary representation. | 6.4 |
| Math.EncodeNumber | Encodes a number as binary data as hex text. | 6.4 |
| Math.HexToDec | Converts a hexadecimal number to a normal decimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.InchToPixel | Converts a inch value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.InsidePolygon | Checks if one point is inside a polygon. | 2.2 |
| Math.IsValidCC | Verifies a credit card number. | 3.1 |
| Math.MillimeterToPixel | Converts a millimeter value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.NumberToText | Converts a number value to a text string. | 2.9 |
| Math.PixelToInch | Converts a pixel value to inch. | 3.4 |
| Math.PixelToMillimeter | Converts a pixel value to millimeter. | 3.4 |
| Math.TextToNumber | Converts a text to a number. | 2.9 |
| MatrixDongle.Count | Returns the number of dongles available at the specified LPT or USB interface. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Find | Searches for the dongle and returns the LPT/USB interface at which it was found. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetDriverFlag | Reads the current USB operating mode of the dongle “HID-Mode” or “Driver-Mode”. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetVersionAPI | Returns the version number of the Matrix API. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetVersionDRV | Returns the version number of the LPT driver. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetVersionDRV.USB | Returns the version number of the Matrix USB driver. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Initialize | Initializes the matrix dongle API. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Initialized | Checks if matrix dongle was initialized. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.MemorySize | Returns the memory size of the dongle in Bytes. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Model | Reads the model number of the hardware from the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.ReadHex | Reads the data from the Matrix-Dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.ReadSerialNumber | Reads the unique serial number which is assigned to each Matrix-dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.ReadText | Reads data as text from the Matrix-Dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Release | Closes the Matrix dongle API and frees all memory used. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.SetDriverFlag | Sets the dongle to the desired USB operating mode “HID-Mode” or “Driver-Mode”. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Version | Reads the version number of the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.WriteHex | Writes hex encoded text to the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.WriteText | Writes text to the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.getMediaLibraries | Queries which media libraries are currently showing. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.getVisible | Queries visible state of the browser panel. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setFrame | Sets the panel rectangle. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setMediaLibraries | Sets which media type is shown in browser. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setVisible | Sets visible state of the panel. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.togglePanel | Toggles the panel. | 3.5 |
| Menu.AddItem | Adds a menu item to the end of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.AddItems | Adds a couple of menu items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.CreateMenu | Creates a menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.DefineQuickMenu | Builds a new menu from a definition text with menu items. | 5.1 |
| Menu.DefineQuickMenuXML | Defines a menu based on a xml description. | 5.2 |
| Menu.FindItemWithTag | Finds a menu entry with given tag in a menu. | 5.1 |
| Menu.FindItemWithTitle | Finds a menu entry with given title in a menu. | 5.1 |
| Menu.GetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns | Returns whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when menu is chosen. | 6.1 |
| Menu.GetMinimumWidth | Returns the minimum width of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetScriptFileName | Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetScriptName | Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetShowsStateColumn | Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver displays the state column. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetTag | Queries the tag value of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetTitle | Queries the menu title. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetURL | Queries URL to be triggered for menu action. | 6.5 |
| Menu.InsertItem | Inserts a menu item into the receiver at a specific location. | 4.1 |
| Menu.ItemAtIndex | Queries the ID of the menu item with given index. | 5.0 |
| Menu.Items | Queries the list of IDs for the menu items. | 5.0 |
| Menu.NumberOfItems | Returns the number of menu items in the menu, including separator items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.PopUp | Pops up the menu at the specified location. | 4.1 |
| Menu.Release | Releases the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.ReleaseAll | Releases all menus and menuitems. | 4.1 |
| Menu.RemoveAllItems | Removes all the menu items in the receiver. | 4.1 |
| Menu.RemoveItem | Removes a menu item from the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.RemoveItemAtIndex | Removes the menu item at a specified location in the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SelectedItem | Returns the reference number of the selected menu item. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns | Sets whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when menu is chosen. | 6.1 |
| Menu.SetMinimumWidth | Set the minimum width of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetScriptAction | Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetShowsStateColumn | Sets whether the receiver displays the state column. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetTag | Sets the tag of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetTitle | Sets the menu title. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetURL | Sets the URL to query when menu is used. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.CreateMenuItem | Creates a new menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.CreateSeparator | Creates a new separator menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetAlternate | Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is an alternate to the previous menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetAttributedTitle | Queries the title with styles. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetBold | Queries if menu item should use bold font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetEnabled | Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is enabled. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when menuitem is chosen. | 6.1 |
| MenuItem.GetFontColor | Queries font color for menu item. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.GetFontName | Queries font name to use. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetFontSize | Queries font size to use for menu item. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetGroupID | Queries the group id of the menu item. | 5.2 |
| MenuItem.GetHidden | Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the menu item is hidden. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetImage | Queries the image for this menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetItalic | Queries if menu item should use italic font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalent | Returns the menuitem's unmodified keyboard equivalent. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalentModifierMask | Returns the receiver's keyboard equivalent modifier mask. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetMixedStateImage | Returns the image used to depict a mixed state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetOffStateImage | Returns the image used to depict the receiver's off state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetOnStateImage | Returns the image used to depict the receiver's on state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetParentItem | Returns the menu item whose submenu contains the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetParentMenu | Returns the menu containing the menu item. | 4.3 |
| MenuItem.GetPath | Queries path of a menu item in a menu hierarchy. | 5.2 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireCommand | Queries if this meantime only shows if command key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireControl | Queries if this meantime only shows if control key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireOption | Queries if this meantime only shows if option/alt key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireShift | Queries if this meantime only shows if shift key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetScriptFileName | Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetScriptName | Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetSelectable | Queries whether menu item is selectable. | 6.3 |
| MenuItem.GetState | Returns the state of the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetStrikeOut | Queries strikeout setting for menu item. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.GetSubMenu | Returns the submenu associated with the receiving menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetTag | Queries the tag value of the menu. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetTitle | Queries title of menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetToolTip | Returns the help tag for a menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetURL | Queries URL to be triggered for menu item action. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.GetUnderline | Queries if menu item should use underline font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetUserKeyEquivalent | Returns the user-assigned key equivalent for the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.HasSubmenu | Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver has a submenu. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.IsSeparatorItem | Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is a separator item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.Release | Releases the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetAlternate | Marks the receiver as an alternate to the previous menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetAttributedTitle | Applies a formatted text to the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetBold | Sets menu item to use bold font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetEnabled | Sets whether the menu item is enabled. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when menuitem is chosen. | 6.1 |
| MenuItem.SetFontColor | Sets the font color to use. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.SetFontName | Sets the font name to use. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetFontSize | Sets the font size to use. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetGroupID | Sets the group id of the menu item. | 5.2 |
| MenuItem.SetHidden | Sets whether the menu item is hidden. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetImage | Sets the menu item image. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetItalic | Sets menu item to use italic font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalent | Sets the receiver's unmodified key equivalent. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalentModifierMask | Sets the menu items's keyboard equivalent modifiers. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetMixedStateImage | Sets the image of the receiver that indicates a "mixed” state, that is, a state neither "on” nor "off.” | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetOffStateImage | Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "off” state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetOnStateImage | Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "on” state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireCommand | Set to show menu item only if command key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireControl | Set to show menu item only if control key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireOption | Set to show menu item only if alt/option key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireShift | Set to show menu item only if shift key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetScriptAction | Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetSelectable | Sets whether menu item is selectable. | 6.3 |
| MenuItem.SetState | Sets the state of the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetStrikeOut | Sets the strikeout value of the menu item. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.SetSubMenu | Sets the submenu of the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetTag | Sets the tag of the menu. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetTitle | Sets the menuitem's title. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetToolTip | Sets a help tag for a menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetURL | Sets the URL to query when menuitem is used. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.SetUnderline | Sets menu item to use underline font style. | 5.1 |
| Menubar.HasMenuCommand | Checks whether menu command exists. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.IsMenuCommandChecked | Checks if a menubar item is checked. | 6.3 |
| Menubar.ListMenuCommands | Lists all menu commands. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.RemoveMenuCommand | Removes a menu entry. | 6.2 |
| Menubar.RunMenuCommand | Runs a menu command. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandShortcut | Sets the menu item shortcut. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandTitle | Sets the title of a menu item. | 6.1 |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandVisible | Show or hide a menu command. | 5.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.AttributesForFile | Queries properties for a file. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Close | Frees the metadata query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Create | Creates a new metadata search object. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptFileName | Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptName | Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsGathering | Query whether gathering. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStarted | Query whether search is started. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStopped | Query whether search is stopped. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.PathAtIndex | Queries path of an item in results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Paths | Queries file paths. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.QueryString | Queries the query string. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultAtIndex | Queries an item from result as JSON. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultCount | Queries number of found items. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Results | Queries results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SearchScopes | Queries the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetQueryString | Sets the predicate to search. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetScript | Sets which script to call when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetSearchScopes | Sets the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StartQuery | Attempts to start the query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StopQuery | Stops the receiver’s current query from gathering any further results. | 8.0 |
| Modbus.CalculateRTUMessageCRC | Calculates the RTU Message CRC string. | 3.1 |
| MountNotification.Install | Installs a script trigger to be called when a disk mounts/unmounts. | 5.0 |
| MountNotification.Uninstall | Uninstalls notification for mount script trigger. | 5.0 |
| MouseCursor.Hide | Hides the mouse cursor. | 7.5 |
| MouseCursor.HideUntilMouseMoves | Hides mouse until user moves it. | 7.5 |
| MouseCursor.Set | Sets the mouse cursor. | 2.6 |
| MouseCursor.Show | Shows the mouse cursor. | 7.5 |
| MovieView.AreStepButtonsVisible | Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.AreZoomButtonsVisible | Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.CurrentFrameImage | Returns an image for the frame at the current time in the movie. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.CurrentTime | Queries position of the movie. | 4.0 |
| MovieView.Duration | Queries duration of the movie. | 4.0 |
| MovieView.GotoBeginning | Sets the current movie time to the beginning of the movie. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.GotoEnd | Sets the current movie time to the end of the movie. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.GotoPosterFrame | Sets the current movie time to the movie poster frame. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsBackButtonVisible | Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsControllerVisible | Returns an indication of whether the QTMovieView has been requested to display a built-in movie controller user interface. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsCustomButtonVisible | Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsHotSpotButtonVisible | Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsTranslateButtonVisible | Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsVolumeButtonVisible | Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.Movie | Returns the movie assigned to this movie view. | 4.0 |
| MovieView.Pause | Pauses the movie playing. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.PauseDelayed | Pauses a video later. | 5.0 |
| MovieView.Play | Starts the movie playing at its current location. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetBackButtonVisible | Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetControllerVisible | Sets the visibility state of the movie controller bar in a QTMovieView. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetCurrentTime | Sets position of the movie. | 5.0 |
| MovieView.SetCustomButtonVisible | Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetHotSpotButtonVisible | Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetStepButtonsVisible | Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetTranslateButtonVisible | Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetVolumeButtonVisible | Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetZoomButtonsVisible | Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.StepBackward | Steps the movie backward one frame. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.StepForward | Steps the movie forward one frame. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.Valid | Checks if the container is a movie view. | 3.0 |
| Msgbox | A simple method to show a dialog box with one text. | 2.2 |
| NSEventFilter.DisableEvents | Disable some events. | 2.9 |
| NSEventFilter.EnableAllEvents | Enables all events. | 2.9 |
| NSEventFilter.EnableEvents | Enable some events which had been disabled before. | 2.9 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Count | Queries number of network interfaces found. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Default | Queries default network interface. | 5.2 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Update | Queries current network interfaces. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Value | Queries the | 4.3 |
| Notification.List | Returns list of all notification names registered. | 3.3 |
| Notification.Listen | Starts listening for a notification. | 2.6 |
| Notification.Send | Sends a notification. | 2.6 |
| Notification.SendDirect | Sends a notification within FileMaker to all listener. | 5.2 |
| Notification.Unlisten | Unregisters a notification handler. | 3.3 |
| Notification.UnlistenAll | Stops listening to all notifications. | 7.2 |
| OCR.Cleanup | Shutdown the engine and free all memory. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Clear | Free up recognition results and any stored image data, without actually freeing any recognition data that would be time-consuming to reload. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetBoxText | The recognized text is returned as a text which is coded in the same format as a box file used in training. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetHOCRText | Make a HTML-formatted string with hOCR markup from the internal data structures. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetPageSegMode | Queries page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetText | Returns recognized text. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetTextWithCoordinates | Queries text with coordinates. | 6.5 |
| OCR.GetVariable | Queries a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.Initialize | Initializes tesseract. | 2.9 |
| OCR.IsInitialized | Checks if OCR library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| OCR.Language | Return the language used in the last valid initialization. | 2.9 |
| OCR.MeanTextConf | Returns the (average) confidence value between 0 and 100. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Recognize | Recognize the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetImage | Provide an image for Tesseract to recognize. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetPageSegMode | Sets page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetRectangle | Restrict recognition to a sub-rectangle of the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetResolution | Set the resolution of the source image in pixels per inch. | 5.1 |
| OCR.SetVariable | Sets a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.WriteToPDF | Writes text on the PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.AddEmptyPage | Adds an empty page to the given PDF document. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AddImageFilePage | Adds a new page to PDF document with given image file. | 7.2 |
| PDFKit.AddImagePage | Adds a new page to PDF document with given image. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AppendPages | Copies pages from one PDF to append other PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.Combine | Creates a new PDF file with all the given PDF files/references. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.CombineRef | Creates a new PDF document with all the given PDF files/references and returns the new PDF reference. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GeneratePreview | Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | 7.5 |
| PDFKit.GetCurrentFilter | Queries name of current selected filter. | 4.3 |
| PDFKit.GetIgnoreCombineErrors | Returns status of Combine Error handling. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFAttribute | Queries a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFDocument | Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF document. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageCount | Queries the number of the pages in the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation | Gets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageFormattedText | Queries the styled text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageImage | Renders an image of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDF | Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDFRef | Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageRotation | Returns the page rotation angle in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageText | Queries the text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageValue | Queries a page property. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDF | Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDFRef | Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFText | Queries the text of the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPrintSetting | Queries print settings for printing PDF. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.NewPDFDocument | Creates a new empty PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.Open | Opens a PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.OpenContainer | Opens a PDF from container value and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenPath | Opens a PDF from a file path and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenURL | Opens a PDF from an URL and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.PageBounds | Returns the bounds for the specified PDF display box. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.Print | Prints a PDF without dialogs. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.Release | Releases a PDF reference. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.ResetPrintSettings | Resets print settings to default settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.RestorePrintSettings | Restores print settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.SavePrintSettings | Saves current print settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.SetCurrentFilter | Sets the current filter. | 4.3 |
| PDFKit.SetIgnoreCombineErrors | Sets whether Combine operation should report error if you did not pass PDF files or references. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFAttribute | Sets a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation | Sets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageRotation | Sets the rotation angle for the page in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.SetPrintSetting | Sets print settings for printing PDF. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.Watermark | Adds a watermark to a page. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.WriteToPath | Writes the PDF to the given file path. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.allowsCopying | Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows copying of content to the Pasteboard. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.allowsPrinting | Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows printing. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isEncrypted | Returns a Boolean value specifying whether the document is encrypted. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isLocked | Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document is locked. | 2.9 |
| PHP.Execute | Executes the specified php code and returns the text output. | 2.9 |
| PHP.ExistsVariable | Checks if a variable exists. | 2.9 |
| PHP.GetResultContainer | Returns the result of the last php script to run as container. | 6.4 |
| PHP.GetResultString | Returns the result of the last php script to run. | 2.9 |
| PHP.GetVariable | Returns the value of the variable. | 2.9 |
| PHP.Init | Initializes PHP. | 2.9 |
| PHP.IsInitialized | Queries whether PHP was initialized. | 7.3 |
| PHP.Load | This function is used to indicate where PHP is installed on the computer. | 2.9 |
| PHP.Run | Executes the specified php code. | 2.9 |
| PHP.SetVariable | Declares the variables in inside of PHP. | 2.9 |
| PHP.ShutDown | Stops php. | 2.9 |
| PKCS12.CA | Queries certificate with given index. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.CACount | Queries number of other certificates. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Cert | Queries the X509 certificate in the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.PKey | Queries the private key from the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromContainer | Not yet documented | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromFile | Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Release | Releases the PKCS12 from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Bits | Queries number of bits of key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPrivateKey | Describes the private key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPublicKey | Describes the public key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPrivateKey | Queries private key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPublicKey | Queries public key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Release | Releases the private key from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Type | Queries the type of key. | 7.0 |
| Path.AddPathComponent | Adds a new path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.FileMakerPathToNativePath | Converts a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification to a native path. | 2.4 |
| Path.FilePathToFileURL | Converts a file path to a local file URL. | 5.0 |
| Path.FileURLToFilePath | Converts a file URL to a local file path. | 5.0 |
| Path.LastPathComponent | Queries the last path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.NativePathToFileMakerPath | Converts a native path to a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification. | 2.4 |
| Path.RemoveLastPathComponent | Removes last path component. | 6.0 |
| Platform | Returns what platform the plugin is running on. | 3.0 |
| Plugin.BuildNumber | Queries the build number of the plugin. | 5.0 |
| Plugin.DisableFunction | Disables a plugin function. | 2.8 |
| Plugin.FunctionCount | Queries number of functions available. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Functions | Returns a list of all the functions in the plugin. | 1.0 |
| Plugin.GetSuccessReturn | Queries current OK return. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.LibSSHVersion | Queries the SSH library version used. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.LimitFunction | Limits a function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.LockFunction | Locks a function with a password. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.OpenSSLVersion | Queries OpenSSL Version. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.PNGVersion | Queries PNG version. | 7.3 |
| Plugin.Path | Queries the native file path to the plugin. | 3.3 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameter | Queries script step parameter with given index. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameterCount | Queries number of parameters to the current script step. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Seats | Queries the internal seats value. | 1.6 |
| Plugin.SetFunctions | Sets the function list the plugin has. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetPreviewSize | Sets which size plugin uses for preview images. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetSuccessReturn | Sets what the plugin returns on success. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.UnlockFunction | Unlocks a locked function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.ZLibVersion | Queries zlib version number. | 8.1 |
| Plugin.isDebug | Checks whether this is debug version of MBS Plugin. | 7.1 |
| PortMidi.Abort | Terminates outgoing messages immediately. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.CheckHostError | Checks if there is a midi host error on the stream. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.Close | Closes a midi stream, flushing any pending buffers. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.CurrentEvent | Queries current event. | 7.1 |
| PortMidi.DeviceCount | Queries number of devices found. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetChannelMask | Queries current channel mask. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDefaultInputDeviceID | Return the default input device ID. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDefaultOutputDeviceID | Return the default output device ID. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceID | Queries the ID of the device the stream is connected to. | 7.0 |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceInfo | Return device information. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceName | Queries the name of the device the stream is connected to. | 7.0 |
| PortMidi.GetFilter | Queries current filter setting. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.OpenInput | Opens an input device. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.OpenOutput | Opens an output device. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.Poll | Tests whether input is available. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.ReadMessage | Reads one Midi message from the buffers. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.Rescan | Terminates all streams and shutdown the midi functions. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SendMessage | Sends a midi message. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SendMessageRaw | Sends a raw message. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SendSysExHex | Writes a timestamped system-exclusive midi message. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SetChannelMask | Filters incoming messages based on channel. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SetFilter | Sets filters on an open input stream to drop selected input types. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.TimeStamp | Queries current time stamp. | 7.0 |
| Preferences.ClearRecentFiles | Clears the recent files list. | 6.5 |
| Preferences.DeleteValue | Deletes a preference value. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.GetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop | Queries the preference setting from FileMaker/Runtime about allowing text selection by drag and drop. | 2.8 |
| Preferences.GetValue | Queries preferences value. | 2.7 |
| Preferences.HasValue | Checks if a preference value is defined. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.SetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop | Set the preference setting from FileMaker/Runtime about allowing text selection by drag and drop. | 2.8 |
| Preferences.SetValue | Sets preferences value. | 2.7 |
| PrintDialog.ClearOption | Clears an option. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.ClearOptions | Clears all options set. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.Disable | Disables the print dialog extension. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.Enable | Enables the print dialog extension. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetAllPages | Queries whether to print all pages. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetConfiguration | Queries configuration from last print. | 8.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetCopies | Queries number of copies. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetDestinationPath | Queries the destination path. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetDuplex | Queries the duplex mode. | 4.1 |
| PrintDialog.GetFirstPage | Queries first page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetLastPage | Queries last page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetLastSettings | Queries last settings from print dialog. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetNoDialog | Queries whether dialog shows. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetOption | Queries an option. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetPageNumberingOffset | Queries page numbering offset. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetPaperName | Queries printer name. | 5.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetPrintToPDF | Queries whether printing is going to PDF file. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetPrinterName | Queries printer name. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetReset | Query whether to reset print settings. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetResetDestination | Queries whether ResetDestination option is set. | 6.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetTray | Queries tray name. | 6.1 |
| PrintDialog.Install | Installs the extension for the printer dialog. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetAllPages | Set whether to print all pages. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetConfiguration | Sets a configuration to be used for next print. | 8.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetCopies | Sets number of copies. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetDestinationPath | Sets the destination path for PDF. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetDuplex | Sets duplex mode for next printing. | 4.1 |
| PrintDialog.SetFirstPage | Sets first page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetLastPage | Sets last page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetNoDialog | Sets whether dialog should show. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetOption | Sets an option. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetPageNumberingOffset | Sets page numbering offset to use. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetPaperName | Sets paper name. | 5.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetPrintToPDF | Sets whether plugin will redirect print to PDF. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetPrintType | Sets what FileMaker will print. | 5.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetPrinterName | Sets printer name. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetReset | Sets whether to reset print settings. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetResetDestination | Sets whether to fix destination. | 6.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetTray | Sets the tray name the plugin should select. | 6.1 |
| Printer.GetDefaultPrinter | Queries default system printer. | 3.0 |
| Printer.PrinterCount | Queries the number of printers. | 3.0 |
| Printer.PrinterInfo | Queries printer info. | 6.5 |
| Printer.PrinterName | Queries the name of the printer with given index. | 3.0 |
| Process.FrontProcessBundleID | Queries bundleID of the frontmost app. | 4.2 |
| Process.FrontProcessName | Queries name of the frontmost app. | 4.2 |
| Process.FrontWindowTitle | Queries name of the frontmost window. | 4.2 |
| Process.GetCurrentDirectory | Queries current directory. | 6.5 |
| Process.IsFrontMost | Checks if FileMaker is the frontmost application. | 2.9 |
| Process.IsRunning | Checks if a process is running. | 4.0 |
| Process.KeepFrontMost | Sets whether the plugin should keep FileMaker in front. | 7.1 |
| Process.LoadLibrary | Loads a given native library. | 6.5 |
| Process.SetCurrentDirectory | Sets the current directory. | 6.5 |
| Process.SetFrontMost | Moves FileMaker application to the front. | 2.9 |
| ProcessActivity.List | Lists all activities. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Options | Queries option flags. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Reason | Queries the reason text. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.beginActivity | Begins an activity. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.endActivity | Ends the activity started with ProcessActivity.beginActivity. | 5.2 |
| ProgressDialog.ClearImage | Clears image for the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetBottomText | Queries the current text below the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetButtonCaption | Queries the current text from the button in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetCancel | Queries the cancel state. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetPositionX | Queries the x position of the dialog. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.GetPositionY | Queries the y position of the dialog. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.GetProgress | Queries current progress value. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetShowButton | Queries current state of whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetTitle | Queries the current progress dialog title. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetTopMost | Queries whether dialog is top most. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.GetTopText | Queries the current text above the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Hide | Hides the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Reset | Resets all options. | 6.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetBottomText | Sets the bottom text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetButtonCaption | Sets the cancel button text. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetCancel | Sets the cancel state. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetFont | Sets the label's text sizes. | 2.9 |
| ProgressDialog.SetImage | Sets the image. Please use container value as parameter. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetPosition | Set position of the dialog absolute. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetPositionCentered | Set position of the dialog centered. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetProgress | Sets the current progress value. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetShowButton | Sets whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetTitle | Sets the progress dialog title. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetTopMost | Sets whether dialog is top most. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.SetTopText | Sets the top text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Show | Shows the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Update | Redraws the progress dialog. | 2.6 |
| Progressdialog.GetEvaluate | Queries expression to evaluate. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.GetFileName | Queries file name. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.GetScriptName | Queries script name to run on button click. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.SetEvaluate | Sets the expression to evaluate on button click. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.SetScript | Sets the script to run when button is clicked. | 7.1 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddFile | Adds file to the file list for preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddImage | Adds an image to the list of files to preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddPDF | Adds a PDF to the preview items. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Clear | Clears content of file list. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetHeight | Queries height of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetLeft | Queries left position of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetTop | Queries height of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetWidth | Queries width of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Hide | Hides the panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.IsVisible | Checks if panel is visible. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Move | Moves the panel to the given position. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Resize | Resizes the panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Show | Shows the panel. | 4.3 |
| QTExport.CloseMovie | Closes current movie. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Duration | Queries duration of current movie. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Export | Exports the movie file. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetHighResolution | Queries whether high resolution audio is enabled. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetMovieHeight | Queries the movie height you set. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetMovieWidth | Queries the movie width you set. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSettings | Queries current settings as text. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetShowProgress | Queries whether to show progress dialog. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSoundChannelCount | Queries the sound channel count to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSoundSampleRate | Queries the sound sample rate to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSoundSampleSize | Queries the sound sample size to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.ListExporters | Enumerates all available exporters. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.OpenExporter | Opens an exporter. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.OpenMovie | Opens a movie file for input. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Release | Frees the exporter. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetHighResolution | Enables or disables high resolution audio. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetMovieHeight | Sets the movie height you want to have. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetMovieWidth | Sets the movie width you want to have. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSettings | Restores saved settings. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetShowProgress | Sets whether to show progress. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSoundChannelCount | Sets the number of channels to export. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSoundSampleRate | Sets the sound sample rate. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSoundSampleSize | Sets the sound sample size to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetupDialog | Shows a modal setup dialog. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Validate | Validates the settings. | 6.1 |
| QTMovie.Autoplay | Sets a movie to start playing when a sufficient amount of media data is available. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.CurrentFrameImage | Returns an Image for the frame at the current time in a Movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.FormatTime | Formats a time value. | 5.0 |
| QTMovie.FrameImageAtTime | Returns an image for the frame at the time time in a Movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetCurrentTime | Returns the current time of a QTMovie object as seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetDuration | Returns the duration of a movie in seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetMuted | Returns the movie's mute setting. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetRate | Returns the current rate of a QTMovie object. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetSelectionDuration | Returns the duration of the movie's current selection as a seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetSelectionEnd | Returns the end point of the movie's current selection as seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetSelectionStart | Returns the start time of the movie's current selection as seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetVolume | Returns the movie's volume as a scalar value of type float. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoBeginning | Repositions the play position to the beginning of the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoEnd | Repositions the play position to the end of the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoNextSelectionPoint | Repositions the movie to the next selection point. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoPosterTime | Repositions the play position to the movie's poster time. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoPreviousSelectionPoint | Repositions the movie to the previous selection point. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.OpenContainer | Opens the movie from container. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.OpenFile | Opens a movie file. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.OpenURL | Opens the movie with the given URL. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.ParseTime | Parses a time value. | 5.0 |
| QTMovie.Play | Plays the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.PosterImage | Returns an Image for the poster frame of a Movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.Release | Releases the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.ReleaseAll | Releases all movies in memory. | 7.1 |
| QTMovie.SetCurrentTime | Sets the movie's current time setting to time. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.SetMuted | Sets the movie's mute setting to mute. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.SetRate | Sets the movie's rate to rate. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.SetVolume | Sets the movie's volume to volume. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.StepBackward | Sets the movie backward a single frame. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.StepForward | Sets the movie forward a single frame. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.Stop | Stops the movie playing. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.StopDelayed | Pauses a video later. | 5.0 |
| QuartzFilterManager.Filters | Queries list of all filters. | 4.3 |
| QuartzFilterManager.HidePanel | Hides the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager. | 4.3 |
| QuartzFilterManager.ShowPanel | Shows the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager. | 4.3 |
| QuickList.AddList | Adds a list of values to a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddMultiValue | Adds a value or list to the list. | 7.2 |
| QuickList.AddPostfix | Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddPrefix | Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddQuickList | Adds the content of second list to first list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddSQL | Adds values to a quick list via SQL. | 5.1 |
| QuickList.AddValue | Adds a value to the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.And | Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.BestMatch | Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.CSVSplit | Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| QuickList.Clear | Clears the content of the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Clone | Creates a clone of the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.Count | Queries the count of items in list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.CrossProduct | Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.DeCombine | Picks elements from each line in a list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Deserialize | Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.FindEquals | Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.FindUnequals | Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Free | Frees the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetList | Queries the list as text. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetValue | Queries a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.HasDuplicateItems | Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.HasValue | Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.InsertValue | Inserts a value to a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.List | Returns list of all quick list IDs. | 5.3 |
| QuickList.MatchesPostfix | Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesPrefix | Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesSubString | Finds list entries which contains a given text. | 6.0 |
| QuickList.New | Creates a new list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Not | Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Or | Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Pop | Pops last value from the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.PopFirst | Pops the first value from a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.Push | Pushes a value to the end of the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.RegExMatch | Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Remove | Removes the value with the given index. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.RemoveDuplicateItems | Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemoveEmptyItems | Removes empty items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemovePostfix | Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemovePrefix | Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemoveValue | Removes a value from a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.Reserve | Reserves memory for a list of given size. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Reverse | Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Serialize | Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.SetList | Sets the list to the content of the passed list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SetValue | Sets a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Sort | Sorts the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SortWith | Sorts the list with together with other lists. | 6.2 |
| QuickList.SubList | Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Trim | Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.ValueIndex | Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.XOr | Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| RSA.DecryptPrivateKey | Decrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.EncryptPrivateKey | Encrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.GeneratePrivateKey | Creates a new private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.GetPublicKey | Queries public key from private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateDecrypt | Decrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateEncrypt | Encrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicDecrypt | Decrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicEncrypt | Encrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Sign | Signs data with RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Verify | Verifies RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RegEx.CaptureCount | Queries number of captured sub patterns. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Compile | Compiles a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Execute | Executes a statement. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.FindMatches | Finds in a text all matches of a given pattern and returns list. | 5.1 |
| RegEx.Free | Frees memory for a regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.List | Returns list of all regex IDs. | 5.3 |
| RegEx.Match | Matches a text against to a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MatchList | Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MinimumLength | Queries the minimum length of the text to match. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NameCount | Queries number of names. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NamedSubstring | Queries the named substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Options | Queries the options to used when compiling the pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Pattern | Queries the pattern used to compile this regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Quote | Quotes text for use in patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Replace | Replace pattern once. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.ReplaceAll | Replaces patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Results | Queries the result from execute. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Size | Queries size of compiled pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.StringNumber | Queries the index number of a name. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Study | Studies the regular expression for improved execution speed. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Substring | Queries a substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.SubstringList | Returns list of substrings. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Version | Returns the version number of the PCRE library. | 4.4 |
| Register | This function is used to register the Plugin. | 1.0 |
| Registration | Returns a list of the currently registered components. | 1.0 |
| RemoteControl.ClickMouse | Moves the mouse cursor and performs a click. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.HideCursor | Hides the mouse cursor. | 3.4 |
| RemoteControl.MouseX | Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.MouseY | Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.MoveMouse | Moves the mouse cursor. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressCommandKey | Presses command key on Mac. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressControlKey | Presses control key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressDialogButton | Presses a dialog button. | 6.2 |
| RemoteControl.PressDialogButton.Clear | Stops the dialog button press command. | 6.2 |
| RemoteControl.PressKey | Presses a key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressKeyLater | Presses a key after delay. | 6.2 |
| RemoteControl.PressOptionKey | Presses option/alt key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressShiftKey | Presses shift key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.ShowCursor | Shows the mouse cursor. | 3.4 |
| RichText.Attribute | Queries an attribute value. | 3.0 |
| RichText.Clear | Clears current document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.FormattedText | Returns the styled text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.GeneratePDF | Generates a PDF from the current rich text document. | 5.1 |
| RichText.HTMLText | Converts the current rich text to html. | 6.0 |
| RichText.RTF | Returns current rich text as RTF data. | 6.5 |
| RichText.ReadContainer | Reads text file from container. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadFile | Reads a text file from a file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadHTML | Loads a HTML page as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadRTF | Loads RTF text as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadText | Read rich text from text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReadURL | Reads a text file from an URL. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadWebviewer | Reads formatted text from webviewer content. | 5.4 |
| RichText.Release | Frees memory for current text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReplaceText | Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReplaceTexts | Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 6.4 |
| RichText.SetAttribute | Sets metadata. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetFormattedText | Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetText | Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.Text | Returns the plain text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.TextLength | Returns the length of the text in characters. | 3.0 |
| RichText.WriteContainer | Writes current rich text to a container. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WriteDOC | Writes a Word file. | 3.5 |
| RichText.WriteFile | Writes current rich text to a file. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WritePDF | Write the current rich text document to a PDF file. | 5.1 |
| RichText.WriteRTF | Writes a RTF file. | 3.5 |
| RunTask.AddArgument | Adds the argument that should be used to launch the executable to the arguments list. | 4.1 |
| RunTask.GetArgument | Queries the argument with given index. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.GetArgumentCount | Returns the number of arguments. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.GetCurrentDirectoryPath | Returns the task's current directory. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.GetLaunchPath | Returns the path of the executable. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.IsRunning | Returns whether the receiver is still running. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.Launch | Launches the task represented by the receiver. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.NewTask | Creates a new task. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.ProcessIdentifier | Returns the receiver's process identifier. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.ReadErrorText | Reads what is in the buffer for the error stream. | 4.1 |
| RunTask.ReadOutputText | Reads what is in the buffer for the output stream. | 4.1 |
| RunTask.SetArguments | Sets the command arguments that should be used to launch the executable. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.SetCurrentDirectoryPath | Sets the current directory for the receiver. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.SetLaunchPath | Sets the path to be launched. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.Terminate | Sends a terminate signal to the receiver and all of its subtasks. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.TerminationReason | Returns the reason the task was terminated. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.TerminationStatus | Returns the exit status returned by the receiver's executable. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.Wait | Waits for current task to terminate. | 6.4 |
| RunTask.WriteInputText | Writes text to the input buffer for the app. | 4.1 |
| SNMP.Get | Performs a SNMP GET query. | 3.1 |
| SNMP.SetRetries | Sets number of retries for the SNMP query. | 3.1 |
| SNMP.SetTimeout | Sets timeout for the SNMP query. | 3.1 |
| SQL.Cancel | Attempts to cancel the pending result set, or current statement execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ClientVersion | Gets the DBMS client API version number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Close | Closes the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandText | Gets the command text associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandType | Gets the command type currently associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Commit | Saves any changes and ends the current transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Connect | Opens the connection to a data source. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Disconnect | Disconnects the connection from the database. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Execute | Executes the current command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchFirst | Fetches the first row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchLast | Fetches the last row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchNext | Fetches next row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchPos | Fetches a row from a result set. | 5.1 |
| SQL.FetchPrior | Fetches previous row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FieldCount | Returns the number of fields (columns) in a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FreeAllConnections | Frees all SQL connections and commands. | 6.3 |
| SQL.FreeCommand | Frees the command and releases all memory associated with it. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FreeConnection | Call this method if you are done with a connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetAutoCommit | Checks whether autocommit is enabled or disabled for the current connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandOption | Gets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandTag | Queries tag for command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetConnectionOption | Gets a string value of a specific connection option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetConnectionTag | Queries tag for connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsBoolean | Returns field's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsContainer | Queries field value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDate | Returns field's value as date value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDateTime | Returns field's value as datetime value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsFloat | Returns field's value as floating point number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsJPEG | Returns field's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsNumber | Returns field's value as integer number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPDF | Returns field's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPNG | Returns field's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsText | Returns field's value as text value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsTime | Returns field's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldDataType | Returns field data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldIsNull | Wether the field value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldName | Returns name of the field. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldNameList | Queries list of field names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldOption | Gets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldValue | Returns field's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldValueList | Queries list of field values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetIsolationLevel | Gets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsBoolean | Returns param's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsContainer | Queries parameter value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDate | Returns param's value as date; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDateTime | Returns param's value as datetime value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsFloat | Returns param's value as floating point number; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsJPEG | Returns parameters's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsNumber | Returns param's value as integer; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPDF | Returns parameters's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPNG | Returns parameters's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsText | Returns param's value as text; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsTime | Returns param's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamDataType | Returns parameter data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsDefault | Checks whether parameter is default value. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsNull | Wether the parameter value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamName | Returns the name of the parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamNameList | Queries list of parameter names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamValue | Returns param's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamValueList | Queries list of parameter values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsText | Queries all records as text. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InsertOrUpdateRecords | Creates or updates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 7.3 |
| SQL.InsertRecords | Creates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 5.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activate | Activates the internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activated | Checks if internal SQLite library is used. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Deactivate | Deactivates the use of internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SourceID | Returns the source code ID. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Version | Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.VersionNumber | Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ListCommands | Returns a list of all SQL Commands. | 6.4 |
| SQL.ListConnections | Returns a list of all SQL Connections. | 6.4 |
| SQL.MySQL.InsertID | For MySQL Connection queries the last insert ID. | 2.9 |
| SQL.NewCommand | Creates a new command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.NewConnection | Initialize a new SAConnection object and returns Connection Reference. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Open | Opens the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ParamCount | Returns the number of parameters associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Prepare | Validates and prepares the current command for execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetCommand | Clears all DBMS related handles and sturctures but doesn't destroy them (mostly for Unix fork/exec based applications) | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetConnection | Clears all DBMS related handles and structures but doesn't destroy them. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Rollback | Cancels any changes made during the current transaction and ends the transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.RowsAffected | Returns the number of rows affected by the last insert/update/delete command execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SQLite3.EnableLoadExtension | Enables extensions on SQLite 3. | 4.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.LastInsertRowID | For SQLite3, returns the last row ID used. | 2.9 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryHighwater | Queries maximum memory usage so far. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryUsed | Queries memory in use by SQLite. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.ReKey | You can change the key on a database using the Rekey Function. | 5.3 |
| SQL.SQLite3.SetKey | Sets the encryption key to use. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ServerVersion | The long number of the currently connected server version. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ServerVersionString | Gets the currently connected DBMS server version string. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetAutoCommit | Enables or disables autocommit for the current connection, that is, automatic commit of every SQL command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetClient | Assigns an DBMS client for the connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandOption | Sets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandTag | Sets the tag for the command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetCommandText | Sets the command text. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionOption | Sets a string value of a specific connection or command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionTag | Sets the tag for the connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetFieldOption | Sets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetIsolationLevel | Sets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsBoolean | Sets parameter's value as bool data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsContainer | Sets parameter's value as BLOB value with data from a container. | 3.0 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDate | Sets parameter's value as Date data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDateTime | Sets parameter's value as DateTime data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsFloat | Sets parameter's value as floating point number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsNumber | Sets parameter's value as 32-bit integer number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsText | Sets parameter's value as character string data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsTime | Sets parameter's value as Time data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDataType | Sets parameter's data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDefault | Sets the default value for this parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamNull | Sets parameter's value as null. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamTypesValues | Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamUnknown | Sets parameter's type as unknown. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamValue | Sets parameter's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamValues | Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.isAlive | Returns the database server connection status for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isConnected | Returns the connection state for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isExecuted | Whether command was executed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isOpened | Tests whether the specified command object is opened. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isResultSet | Tests whether a result set exists after the command execution. | 2.6 |
| SSH.CloseChannel | Closes the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Connect | Connects a new socket to the given IP & Port. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Disconnect | Disconnects the session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.EOF | Check a channel's EOF status. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Execute | Executes something on the server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Flush | Flush streams for this channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.FreeChannel | Frees the SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetExitState | Get the remote exit code. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetIP | Queries IP or domain used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetPort | Queries port used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTag | Queries tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTimeout | Queries timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetUserName | The user name we got authenticated for. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKey | Returns the hex encoded host key. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKeyHash | Returns the hex encoded host key hash. | 6.3 |
| SSH.IsAuthenticated | Queries the authentication state. | 6.3 |
| SSH.New | Creates a new SSH session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.OpenSession | Opens a SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadHex | Reads bytes from channel and returns them hex encoded. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadText | Reads bytes from channel and returns them as text. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Release | Frees the memory for the ssh session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.RequestPTY | Request a PTY on an established channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SendEOF | Send EOF to remote server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SessionHandshake | Perform the SSH handshake. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetEnv | Set an environment variable on the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTag | Sets the tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTimeout | Sets timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Shell | Request a shell on a channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthKeyboardInteractive | Authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthList | List supported authentication methods. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPassword | Authenticate a session with username and password. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKey | Authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKeyFile | Authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitClosed | Wait for the remote to close the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitEOF | Wait for the remote end to acknowledge an EOF request. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitSocket | Waits on the socket for sending or receiving. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteHex | Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteText | Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| Schedule.Check | Checks if something needs to be run. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearEvaluateResult | Clears result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearSQLResult | Clears result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAfterDelay | Evaluates an expression after a delay. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTime | Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTimeStamp | Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateOnIdle | Evaluates an expression after a given idle period. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAfterDelay | Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTime | Runs a sql query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTimeStamp | Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLOnIdle | Runs a SQL query after idle period. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetAutoRelease | Queries if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluate | Queries the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluateResult | Queries result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetFileName | Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetLastTimeStamp | Queries the last time stamp the schedule run. | 6.2 |
| Schedule.GetRepeatDelay | Queries the delay between scheduled script calls. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetRunCount | Queries the number of schedule executions. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQL | Queries the scheduled SQL command. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQLResult | Queries result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptName | Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptParameter | Returns the script parameter for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetTimeStamp | Queries the timestamp of next execution of schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetURL | Queries URL to be triggered when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.List | Provides a list with all scheduled script starts or SQL commands. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.Release | Releases schedule reference. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ReleaseAll | Releases all scheduled. | 6.4 |
| Schedule.SetAutoRelease | Sets if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetEvaluate | Sets the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetFileName | Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetRepeatDelay | Sets the repeat delay for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetSQL | Sets the SQL for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptName | Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptParameter | Sets the script parameter for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetTimeStamp | Sets the timestamp where a schedule runs the next time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetURL | Sets the URL to query when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAfterDelay | Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTime | Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTimeStamp | Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptOnIdle | Runs a script after idle period. | 5.2 |
| Screen.Count | Queries the number of screens. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Height | Queries screen height. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Left | Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Top | Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Width | Queries screen width. | 1.0 |
| Screenshot | Takes a screenshot of the screen indicated by the "ScreenID" parameter. | 1.0 |
| ScreenshotRect | This function will take snapshot of the area of the screen described by the first four Parameters. | 1.0 |
| ScriptWorkspace.BringToFront | Brings the script window to front. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.CurrentTab | Queries current tab title. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.ExpandScriptFolders | Expands all scripts in the script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.IsVisible | Checks whether script workspace is visible. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.LineCount | Queries line count of current script. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.OpenScript | Opens a script by name. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptNames | Queries list of script names in script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptsVisible | Queries whether scripts are visible. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectLine | Selects a line in current script. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectedLine | Queries selected line. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.StepsVisible | Queries whether steps are visible. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.Tabs | Queries list of tabs in script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.Title | Queries title of front script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.TriggerScripts | Triggers scripts list visibility. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.TriggerSteps | Triggers script steps list visibility. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.Window | Queries window ID for the script workspace. | 7.4 |
| SendCommand | Connects to a TCP Socket on some computer in the network and sends a data packet with the given parameters. | 2.0 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentContainer | Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentFile | Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentText | Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.AddBCC | Adds a blind copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddCC | Adds a copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddHeader | Adds an header to the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddRecipient | Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddReplyTo | Adds a recipient for a reply. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddTo | Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AttachmentCount | Queries number of attachments. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.ClearAttachments | Clears all attachments from this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.ClearHeaders | Clears the headers for email. | 6.1 |
| SendMail.ClearRecipients | Clears all recipients. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.CreateEmail | Creates a new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetHTMLText | Queries the html text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetInReplyTo | Queries the reply to address of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetMessageID | Queries the message ID of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetPlainText | Queries the plain text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetRichText | Queries the rich text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPPassword | Queries the smtp password of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPServer | Queries the smtp server of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPUserName | Queries the smtp username of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSource | Queries the source code for the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetSubject | Queries the subject of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.PrepareCURL | Setups existing CURL session for an email transfer. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.Release | Releases all memory used by this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetFrom | Sets the email from address. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetHTMLText | Sets the HTML text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetInReplyTo | Sets the in reply to message ID. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetMessageID | Sets the message ID. | 4.4 |
| SendMail.SetPlainText | Sets the plain text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetRichText | Sets the enriched text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPPassword | Sets the password for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPServer | Sets which SMTP server to use. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPUserName | Sets the username for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSubject | Sets the subject line. | 4.3 |
| SerialPort.AvailableBytes | Queries number of bytes available in buffer. | 4.4 |
| SerialPort.Clear | Clears incoming buffer. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.ClearDataAvailableHandler | Clears the data available handler. | 5.1 |
| SerialPort.Close | Closes serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.CloseAll | Closes all serial ports. | 5.4 |
| SerialPort.GetBaudRate | Queries the baud rate. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.GetCTS | Queries current CTS mode. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetDSR | Queries whether DSR mode is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetDTR | Queries whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetDataBits | Queries the data bit size. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.GetParity | Queries parity setting. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.GetRTS | Queries whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetStopBits | Queries number of stop bits. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.GetXON | Queries if XON/XOFF flow control is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.HasLine | Checks if a line is available. | 7.0 |
| SerialPort.IsSuspended | Checks suspension state. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.LastError | Returns the system error from last serial port function call. | 3.3 |
| SerialPort.List | Returns list of names of serial ports. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.Open | Opens a serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.Read | Reads bytes from serial port and returns them as text. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.ReadByte | Reads a single byte to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.ReadHex | Reads bytes from serial port and returns them hex encoded. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.ReadLine | Reads a line of text from serial port. | 7.0 |
| SerialPort.Resume | Resumes serial port. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.SetBaudRate | Sets the baud rate. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.SetCTS | Sets CTS mode. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetDSR | Sets whether DSR mode is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetDTR | Sets whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetDataAvailableEvaluate | Sets the data available expression for this serial port. | 6.2 |
| SerialPort.SetDataAvailableHandler | Sets the data available handler for this serial port. | 5.1 |
| SerialPort.SetDataBits | Sets data bit size. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.SetParity | Sets parity setting. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.SetRTS | Sets whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetStopBits | Sets number of stop bits. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.SetXON | Sets the serial port to use XON/XOFF mode. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.Suspend | Suspends serial port. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.Write | Writes text to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.WriteByte | Writes a single byte to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.WriteHex | Writes text to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| ServerSocket.Check | Checks if any network socket has something to do. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.GetAllowedScripts | Queries list of allowed scripts. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.GetAllowedTypes | Queries the list of allowed types. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.SendQuery | Sends a query to a Serversocket on another FileMaker instance. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.SetAllowedScripts | Sets a list of allowed script names. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.SetAllowedTypes | Sets a list of allowed types. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.Start | Starts the server socket to answer queries from other applications. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.Stop | Stops the server socket. | 3.2 |
| ServiceProvider.Install | Installs a service provider handler. | 4.4 |
| ServiceProvider.Uninstall | Removes service provider. | 4.4 |
| ServiceProvider.Value | Queries a value from last service invocation. | 4.4 |
| SetSystemUIMode | Sets the system UI mode. | 2.1 |
| Shell.AddArgument | Adds an argument. | 7.5 |
| Shell.AddEnvironment | Adds an entry for environment variables. | 7.5 |
| Shell.AvailableBytesError | Queries number of available bytes in error. | 7.5 |
| Shell.AvailableBytesOutput | Queries number of available bytes in output. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ClearArguments | Clears arguments list. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ClearEnvironment | Clears list of environment variables. | 7.5 |
| Shell.Execute | Executes a child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ExitCode | Queries exit code of child application. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetApplicationName | Queries application name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetArgument | Queries argument. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetArgumentCount | Queries number of arguments. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetCurrentDirectory | Queries current directory path. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetDomain | Queries domain name for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetEnvironment | Queries list with environment variables. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetEvaluate | Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetPassword | Queries password for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetScriptFileName | Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetScriptName | Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetUsername | Queries user name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.IsRunning | Queries whether application is running. | 7.5 |
| Shell.New | Creates a new shell object. | 7.5 |
| Shell.PeekErrorText | Not yet documented | 7.5 |
| Shell.PeekOutputText | Not yet documented | 7.5 |
| Shell.ProcessIdentifier | Queries process identifier of child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ReadErrorText | Reads error. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ReadOutputText | Reads output. | 7.5 |
| Shell.Release | Frees the shell object. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetApplicationName | Sets the application name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetArguments | Sets list of arguments to parameters of this functions. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetArgumentsList | Sets list of arguments. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetCurrentDirectory | Sets the current directory to use. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetDomain | Sets the domain to use for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetEvaluate | Sets expression to be run when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetPassword | Sets the password for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetScript | Sets which script to call when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetUsername | Sets the user name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.Terminate | Terminates the child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.TerminationReason | Returns the reason the task was terminated. | 7.5 |
| Shell.Wait | Waits for child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.WriteInputText | Writes a text to input stream. | 7.5 |
| ShowURL | Shows an URL. | 2.4 |
| SmartCard.Available | Whether SmartCard API is available. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.BeginTransaction | Starts a transaction. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Cancel | Terminates all outstanding actions within a specific resource manager context. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.CancelTransaction | Cancels current transaction. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Connect | Connects to a smartcard. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Control | Direct control of the reader. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Disconnect | Disconnects card. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.EndTransaction | Ends transaction. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.GetActiveProtocol | Queries the active protocol. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.GetAttribute | Retrieves the current reader attribute. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.HeaderTemplate | Queries header template. | 6.4 |
| SmartCard.Init | Initializes a smartcard context. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.ListReaderGroups | Queries list of reader groups. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.ListReaders | Queries list of readers. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.PerformSignature | Performs signature. | 7.0 |
| SmartCard.ReadCertificate | Reads certificate for smart cards. | 7.0 |
| SmartCard.Reconnect | Reconnects to smart card with different protocol. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Release | Releases context and all memory needed. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.SetAttribute | Sets the given reader attribute. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Status | Queries current status of smart card in reader. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Transmit | Sends a service request to the smart card and expects to receive data back from the card. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.TransmitReceiveHeader | Returns the receive header from last Transmit. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Valid | Determines whether a smart card context handle is valid. | 6.3 |
| Social.AccountProperty | Queries details of an account. | 5.3 |
| Social.Accounts | Queries an array of all the accounts in an account database. | 5.3 |
| Social.HasAccessForAccountType | Checks if we do have permissions for this type of service. | 5.3 |
| Social.RequestAccessForAccountType | Requests permissions to use accounts. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.AddParameter | Adds a parameter to the request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.ClearMultipartData | Clears the multipart data for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.ClearParameter | Clears the parameter list for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetAccount | Queries the account identifier for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetMultiPartDataCount | Query number of multi part data in this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetParameterCount | Queries number of parameters for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetRequestMethod | Queries request method. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetResponse | Queries details on the response. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetServiceType | Queries the service type. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetURL | Queries the URL for the request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.New | Creates a new social request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.Perform | Performs the request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.Release | Releases request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetAccount | Sets the account to use for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetRequestMethod | Sets the request method for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetServiceType | Sets the service type to use. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetURL | Sets the request URL. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.addMultipartContainer | Adds multipart data for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.addMultipartText | Adds multipart data for this request. | 5.3 |
| Socket.AcceptNewConnection | Accepts a new connection and returns a new socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.AddMembership | Adds this socket to a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.AvailableBytes | Queries number of bytes in read buffer. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Check | Performs the socket event check. | 5.1 |
| Socket.CheckAll | Checks status of all sockets. | 5.1 |
| Socket.ClearDataAvailableHandler | Clears the data available handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearErrorHandler | Clears the error handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearNewConnectionHandler | Clears the new connection handler. | 7.2 |
| Socket.Close | Closes a socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.CloseAll | Closes all open sockets. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Connect | Connects a TCP/IP socket to the given domain/IP on the given port. | 3.1 |
| Socket.DropMembership | Removes this socket from a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.GetBroadcast | Queries whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastInterface | Queries the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.GetMulticastLoop | Queries whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastTimeToLive | Queries time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetTimeToLive | Queries time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.LastError | Queries the last error code for the given socket. | 4.3 |
| Socket.LastMessageIP | Returns the IP from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LastMessagePort | Returns the port from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Listen | Binds the socket to the port and starts listening. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LocalIP | Queries local IP. | 8.0 |
| Socket.LocalPort | Queries local port number. | 8.0 |
| Socket.NewTCPSocket | Creates a new TCP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.NewUDPSocket | Creates a new UDP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Peek | Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.PeekAll | Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekAllHex | Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekHex | Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Read | Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadAll | Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadAllHex | Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadHex | Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadLine | Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadLineHex | Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadMLLP | Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemoteIP | Returns IP of the remote socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemotePort | Returns port of the socket on the other side. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SSL.Accept | Wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Connect | Initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.GetMethod | Queries the SSL method. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Initialize | Initializes a SSL connection. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Prepare | First step in SSL initialization. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.SetMethod | Sets the SSL method for this socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UseCertificateFile | Defines to use a certificate key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UsePrivateKeyFile | Defines to use a private key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SendMessage | Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SendMessageHex | Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetBroadcast | Enables or disables whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableEvaluate | Sets the data available evaluation for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableHandler | Sets the data available handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableURL | Sets the URL to query when data is available. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetErrorEvaluate | Sets the error expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetErrorHandler | Sets the error handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetErrorURL | Sets the URL to query when error happens. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastInterface | Sets the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastLoop | Sets whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetMulticastTimeToLive | Sets time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionEvaluate | Sets the new connection expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionHandler | Sets the new connection handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionURL | Sets the URL to query when new connection is received. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetTimeToLive | Sets time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.Write | Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteByte | Writes a single byte to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteHex | Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteMLLP | Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| StoreRegistration | Stores registration on Mac in preferences file of FileMaker so the plugin can auto register itself on startup of FileMaker. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.AddTag | Adds a new color tag for script step, variable, function or formula coloring. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Disable | Disables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enable | Enables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enabled | Queries if checking variable declarations are enabled or not. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Disable | Disables notifications sent by variable check. | 7.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enable | Enables notifications sent by variable check. | 7.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enabled | Queries whether notifications are enabled. | 7.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.Clear | Clears all rules. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.GetEnabled | Queries whether contextual menu commands from plugin are enabled. | 6.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.SetEnabled | Enables contextual menu commands for tables. | 6.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.GetEnabled | Queries whether copy button for script editor is enabled. | 5.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.SetEnabled | Enables or disables copy script button. | 5.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.Disable | Disables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.Enable | Enables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.Enabled | Queries if syntax coloring is enabled or not. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.FactoryDefaults | Resets all rules to the default settings. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.Format | Applies formatting rules to the formula text and returns styled text. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetAddFindbars | Queries whether the plugin adds find bars. | 8.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetBlackFieldPicker | Queries whether field picker should be black. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetMinCalcFontSize | Queries configured minimum font size. | 7.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize | Queries preferred size for the search box in relation graph window. | 6.3 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetResizeFieldPicker | Queries whether field picker should be resizable. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptHighlightColor | Queries the current highlight color. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptIfColor | Queries the current script if block color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptLoopColor | Queries the current script loop block color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptSearchColor | Queries the current script search color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowFieldAndTableIDs | Queries whether to show field and table IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowLayoutIDs | Queries whether to show layout IDs. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowScriptIDs | Queries whether to show script IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetTag | Queries the color for a tag. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetTags | Query list of all tag names defined so far. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetUseBoldFont | Queries whether to use bold fonts. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Disable | Disables line numbers in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Enable | Enables line numbers in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Enabled | Queries if line numbers are enabled or not. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.GetColor | Queries the current color for line numbers. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.SetColor | Sets the new color to use for line numbers. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.GetEnabled | Queries whether relationship graph shows a search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.SetEnabled | Enables or disables relation graph search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.RemoveTag | Removes a color tag. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.GetEnabled | Queries whether script editor shows a goto box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.SetEnabled | Enables or disables script go to box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.GetEnabled | Queries enabled status for if/loop blocks highlighting. | 6.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.SetEnabled | Sets whether to highlight if/loop blocks in script editor. | 6.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetEnabled | Queries whether script editor shows a search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetText | Queries current search text. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetEnabled | Enables or disables script search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetText | Sets the search text and runs a search in current script. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetAddFindbars | Sets whether the plugin adds find bars. | 8.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetBlackFieldPicker | Set whether field picker should be black. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetMinCalcFontSize | Sets the minimum text size to apply for calculations. | 7.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize | Sets the preferred size for the relation graph. | 6.3 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetResizeFieldPicker | Set whether field picker should be resizable. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptHighlightColor | Sets the highlight color. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptIfColor | Sets the highlight color for if block in a script. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptLoopColor | Sets the highlight color for if block in a script. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptSearchColor | Sets the search color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowFieldAndTableIDs | Set whether to show field and table IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowLayoutIDs | Sets wether layout IDs are enabled. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowScriptIDs | Set whether to show script IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetUseBoldFont | Sets whether to use bold fonts. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.GetEnabled | Queries whether zoom controls are enabled. | 7.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.SetEnabled | Sets enabled state for zoom controls. | 7.2 |
| System.Logout | Logout current user. | 3.1 |
| System.Restart | Restarts computer. | 3.1 |
| System.Shutdown | Shuts computer down. | 3.1 |
| System.Sleep | Asks computer to go to sleep (standby). | 3.1 |
| SystemInfo.AvailableRAM | Returns the size of the free RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.CPUBrandString | Returns the CPU brand string. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.ComputerName | Returns the name of the computer. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.DomainName | Returns the domain name of the current computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.DoubleClickTime | Queries the double click time for this computer in seconds. | 3.1 |
| SystemInfo.HardDiscSerial | Returns the hard disc serial number of the first hard disc which has a serial number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.HostDNSName | Queries the domain name for the host name. | 5.0 |
| SystemInfo.HostName | Returns the hostname for this computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.IdleTime | Returns the global idle time in seconds. | 3.3 |
| SystemInfo.Is64bitWindows | Checks Windows on Windows status. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.IsAdminUser | Tries to check if user is admin user on the system. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.MACAddress | Returns the hardware ethernet address of the first ethernet card. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacBugFixVersion | Returns the BugFix part of the Mac OS version number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacHasHardwareAcceleratedCoreImage | Checks whether a Mac can use hardware accelerated Core Image/Quartz. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacMajorVersion | Returns the major Mac OS version number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacMinorVersion | Returns the minor Mac OS version number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacModel | Returns the Mac Model string. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacSerialNumber | Returns the Mac Serial number. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacUUID | Returns the system UUID on Mac OS X. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacVRAMSize | Returns the size of the VRAM in bytes on a Mac. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.OSName | Returns the name of the operating system. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.OSVersionString | Returns the Name of the operating system with version. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.PhysicalRAM | Returns the size of the physical RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.ProcessorCount | Returns the number of processors on the target system. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.SystemFont | Returns the system font. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.Time | Returns current system time stamp as double. | 3.0 |
| SystemInfo.UserName | Returns the user name. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.UserShortName | Returns the user's short name. eg 'admin' | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.isElCapitan | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.10 Syrah or newer. | 6.3 |
| SystemInfo.isHighSierra | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.13 High Sierra or newer. | 7.5 |
| SystemInfo.isLeopard | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isLion | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.7 Lion or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isMacOSX | Returns 1 if being called on Mac OS X. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isMavericks | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.9 Lion or newer. | 3.5 |
| SystemInfo.isMountainLion | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.8 Mountain Lion or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isSierra | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.12 Sierra or newer. | 6.3 |
| SystemInfo.isSnowLeopard | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows10 | Returns 1 if called on Windows 10. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows2000 | Returns 1 if called on Windows 2000. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows7 | Returns 1 if called on Windows 7. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows8 | Returns 1 if called on Windows 8. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindowsVista | Returns 1 if called on Windows Vista. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindowsXP | Returns 1 if called on Windows XP. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isYosemite | Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.11 Syrah or newer. | 6.3 |
| Text.AppendTextFile | You have to decide which encoding to use (if not native). We support a few encodings, but we can add more if you need something special. | 2.8 |
| Text.CapitalCase | Converts text to capital case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.Character | Creates a character with given number. | 5.2 |
| Text.Characters | Returns the numbers of characters. | 5.2 |
| Text.Code | Queries the number of a character. | 5.2 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterComposition | Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterDecomposition | Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.CountWords | Counts words. | 8.1 |
| Text.DecodeBytesFromBase64 | Decodes base64 string and encodes it as byte values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64 | Decode a base 64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64URL | Decode a base 64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.DecodeFromBytes | Decode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromHTML | Decodes html text. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromHex | Decode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromQuotedPrintable | Decodes a string with quoted printable encoding. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeFromURL | Decode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.DecodeFromXML | Decodes xml text. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeHexFromBase64 | Decodes base64 string and encodes it as hex values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeURLComponent | Decodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.Deserialize | Restores a styled text. | 5.4 |
| Text.EncodeBytesToBase64 | Encodes string with byte values to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeEmailSubject | Encodes an email subject. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeHexToBase64 | Encodes hex string to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64 | Encode a base64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64URL | Encode a base64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.EncodeToBytes | Encode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToHTML | Encodes text as html. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToHex | Encode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToQuotedPrintable | Returns a string with quoted printable characters. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeToURL | Encode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.EncodeToXML | Encodes text as xml. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeURLComponent | Encodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.FileExtensionToMimeType | Finds a mime type for a file extension. | 5.4 |
| Text.FindBetween | Searches text for text between the two search strings. | 3.0 |
| Text.InvalidCharactersForEncoding | Checks the text to return all characters which are not preserved when converting text to given text encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.IsSpeaking | Queries whether text is speaking. | 7.5 |
| Text.JaroWinklerDistance | Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.Length | Query length of text. | 7.2 |
| Text.LevenshteinDistance | Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.ListWords | Split words and list them. | 8.1 |
| Text.LowerCase | Converts text to lower case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.MimeTypeToFileExtension | Returns file extension for given mime type. | 5.4 |
| Text.ReadEMLXFile | Reads email text from emlx file. | 5.3 |
| Text.ReadTextFile | Reads a text file. | 2.4 |
| Text.ReadTextFromContainer | Reads content of container value as text. | 4.4 |
| Text.RedefineEncoding | Takes a text in a given encoding and reencodes it with other encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.RemoveAccents | Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveAccentsCaseInsensitive | Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveControlCharacters | Removes control characters. | 5.1 |
| Text.RemoveNewLine | Removes newline characters from string. | 2.4 |
| Text.RemovePostfix | Removes the postfix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.RemovePrefix | Removes the prefix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.ReplaceAll | Find & Replace all occurrences of a text. | 7.3 |
| Text.ReplaceNewline | Replaces newline characters. | 2.4 |
| Text.Serialize | Serializes styled text as text. | 5.4 |
| Text.SoundEx | Returns soundex string for the given text. | 2.1 |
| Text.SoundExGerman | Returns soundex string for the given text. | 3.5 |
| Text.Speak | Speaks text. | 6.3 |
| Text.Speak.AvailableVoices | Query the list of available voices. | 6.4 |
| Text.TextToHTML | Creates HTML text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 4.3 |
| Text.TextToRTF | Creates RTF text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 2.4 |
| Text.UpperCase | Converts text to upper case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.WriteTextFile | Writes a text file with the given text. | 2.4 |
| Text.WriteToContainer | Write a text as a FILE in a container. | 4.4 |
| Time.Format | Formats a date with C time formatting functions. | 6.4 |
| Time.Parse | Parses a date. | 6.4 |
| Time.Sleep | Delays execution for the given number of milliseconds. | 4.1 |
| Time.TimeStampToUTC | Converts timestamp to UTC. | 6.1 |
| Time.UnixTimeStamp | Returns the unix time stamp. | 3.1 |
| Toolbar.Install | Installs necessary functions to modify FileMaker's toolbar. | 4.3 |
| Toolbar.InstallBackground | Installs a background for the toolbar. | 4.3 |
| Toolbar.Register | Registers a new toolbar button. | 4.3 |
| Toolbar.SetImage | Overwrites image used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.SetLabel | Overwrites label used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.SetPaletteLabel | Overwrites palette label used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.SetTooltip | Overwrites tooltip used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.Unregister | Removes an item from the list of identifiers. | 4.3 |
| TouchBar.AddButton | Adds a simple button. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.AssignToApp | Assigns the TouchBar to be the main one for current app. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.AssignToWindow | Assigns the TouchBar to be the one used with the given window. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Available | Checks wether TouchBar is available. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Clear | Clears items in this TouchBar. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Create | Creates a new touch bar object. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled | Queries whether customize menu is automatically enabled. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers | Queries allowed items identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationIdentifier | Queries the customization identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers | Queries the required identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetDefaultItemIdentifiers | Queries the default identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetItemIdentifiers | Queries the resolved array of item identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetPrincipalItemIdentifier | Queries the principal item identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Release | Releases the TouchBar. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled | Sets whether customize menu is automatically enabled. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers | Sets allowed items identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationIdentifier | Sets the customization identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers | Sets the required identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetDefaultItemIdentifiers | Sets the default identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetPrincipalItemIdentifier | Sets the principal item identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.ToggleCustomizationPalette | Show or dismiss the customization palette for the currently displayed touch bars. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Visible | Queries visible state. | 6.5 |
| Trace | Starts logging all plugin calls to a text file. | 2.4 |
| Trace.AreErrorNotificationsEnabled | Checks whether error notifications are enabled. | 5.0 |
| Trace.DisableErrorNotifications | Disables error notifications. | 5.0 |
| Trace.EnableErrorNotifications | Enable error notifications. | 5.0 |
| Trace.ErrorsOnly | Limits logging to errors only. | 3.5 |
| Trace.Off | Disables tracing. | 3.3 |
| Twain.Acquire | Acquires a picture. | 3.1 |
| Twain.ClearCancelScript | Clears the cancel script. | 3.3 |
| Twain.ClearNotificationScript | Clears the notification script. | 3.3 |
| Twain.CloseDS | Closes data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.CloseDSM | Closes data source manager. | 3.1 |
| Twain.CurrentDSIdentity | Queries current data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.CurrentImage | Queries the current image from last query. | 3.1 |
| Twain.DisableDS | Disables the data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetAutofeed | Queries whether plugin should auto feed (if feeder is enabled). | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetAutomaticBorderDetection | Queries whether plugin should enable automatic border detection. | 3.3 |
| Twain.GetAutomaticBrightness | Queries the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetAutomaticRotate | Queries whether plugin should enable automatic rotation. | 3.3 |
| Twain.GetBrightness | Queries the brightness setting to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetCloseAfterTransfer | Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetCompressionQuality | Queries the current quality setting. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetContrast | Queries which contrast value to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetDSIdentitiesCount | Queries number of data sources. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetDSIdentity | Queries data source with given index. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetDefaultIdentity | Queries default data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetDiscardBlankPages | Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.2 |
| Twain.GetDuplexEnabled | Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.2 |
| Twain.GetFeededEnabled | Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetFilePaths | Queries the list of file paths used to create files. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetFileType | Queries the current file type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetFolderPath | Queries the folder path. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetGamma | Queries the gamma correction value for the image data. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetHighlight | Queries which value to use for highlight. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetImageCount | Queries the number of images in memory. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetOrientation | Queries current orientation. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetPaper | Queries the paper to use. | 5.1 |
| Twain.GetPixelType | Queries current pixel type setting. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetResolutionX | Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetResolutionY | Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetShadow | Queries which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetUIVisible | Queries internal state from plugin about whether a TWAIN dialog is visible currently. | 3.3 |
| Twain.ImageInfo | Queries image details for last scanned image. | 3.1 |
| Twain.Initialize | Initializes the Twain functions. | 3.1 |
| Twain.IsDSEnabled | Whether data source is enabled. | 3.1 |
| Twain.IsInitialized | Checks if Twain library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| Twain.OpenDS | Opens a data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.OpenDSM | Opens data source manager. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SelectDS | Queries dialog to ask the user to select a data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SelectDSIdentity | Sets current data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetAutofeed | Whether to enable auto feed when next scan starts. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetAutomaticBorderDetection | Whether to enable automatic border detection when next scan starts. | 3.3 |
| Twain.SetAutomaticBrightness | Enables or disables the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetAutomaticRotate | Whether to enable automatic rotation when next scan starts. | 3.3 |
| Twain.SetBrightness | Sets the brightness setting to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetCancelScript | Sets the script to call when a dialog was shown and the user pressed Cancel button. | 3.3 |
| Twain.SetCloseAfterTransfer | Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetCompressionQuality | Sets the compression quality for JPEG images. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetContrast | Sets which contrast value to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetDefaultDSIdentity | Sets default data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetDiscardBlankPages | Whether to have the scanner ask to discard blank pages. | 3.2 |
| Twain.SetDuplexEnabled | Whether to enable duplex when next scan starts. | 3.2 |
| Twain.SetFeededEnabled | Whether to enable feeder when next scan starts. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetFileType | Sets the file type to use for writing image files. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetFolderPath | Sets the folder path for storing image files. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetGamma | Sets the gamma correction value for the image data. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetHighlight | Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the lightest highlight. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetNotificationScript | Sets the script to call when a transfer is complete and you can query image. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetOrientation | Sets current orientation. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetPaper | Requests to use a certain paper. | 5.1 |
| Twain.SetPaperSize | Requests a page size in inches. | 5.1 |
| Twain.SetPixelType | Sets the pixel type requested on next Twain.Acquire command. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetResolutionX | Sets the horizontal resolution for scanning. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetResolutionY | Sets the vertical resolution for scanning. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetShadow | Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SupportsBW | Whether device supports black and white pixel type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SupportsGray | Whether current device supports gray pixel type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SupportsMemoryTransfer | Whether device supports memory transfers. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SupportsRGB | Whether current device supports RGB pixel type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.TransferImage | Transfers an image. | 3.1 |
| URLScheme.GetDefaultHandler | Queries the default scheme handler for the given scheme name. | 3.0 |
| URLScheme.InstallURLEventHandler | Installs an event handler for the URL event and calls the script you specify with the URL as parameter. | 2.0 |
| URLScheme.SetDefaultHandler | Sets the user's preferred handler for the specified URL scheme to point to the current application. | 2.0 |
| USB.Count | Queries all USB Devices and returns the number of found devices. | 2.4 |
| USB.FindDevice | Finds USB devices. | 2.4 |
| USB.FindSerialNumber | Searches the USB device list for a device with the given serial number. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetProductID | Queries the product ID of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetProductName | Queries the product name of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetSerialNumber | Queries the serial number of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetVendorID | Queries the vendor ID of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetVendorName | Queries the vendor name of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| UUID.Formatted | Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a formatted string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.Hex | Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a hex string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.Raw | Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a 16 byte string. The string is not for displaying to users, but for small footprint on storage. | 2.3 |
| UnZipFile.Close | Closes the current zip file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ExtractFiles | Extracts all files from current archive into a folder. | 6.0 |
| UnZipFile.GlobalComment | Reads the global comment of the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCRC | Queries the checksum for a file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemComment | Queries the file comment of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressedSize | Queries compressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressionMethod | Queries the compression method used for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCount | Queries number of items in the archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDate | Queries file date of item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDiskNumberStart | Queries the disk number start. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemExternalFileAttributes | Queries the external file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemFlag | Queries the flags for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemInternalFileAttributes | Queries the internal file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemName | Queries the file name of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileComment | Queries the size of the comment in bytes. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileExtra | Queries the size of extra file data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileName | Queries the size of the file name. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemUncompressedSize | Queries uncompressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersion | Queries the version number of the zip format used to create this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersionNeeded | Returns the version needed to uncompress this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.OpenContainer | Opens a zip archive stored in a container. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.OpenFile | Opens a zip archive file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsFileContainer | Reads the file with given index as container value with data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsGIFContainer | Reads the file with given index as container value with GIF data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsHex | Reads the file with given index as data and return hex text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsJPEGContainer | Reads the file with given index as container value with JPEG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsPNGContainer | Reads the file with given index as container value with PNG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsText | Reads the file with given index as text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadToFile | Reads file from archive and writes it to a new file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.UsePassword | Sets the password to use for uncompressing. | 5.1 |
| Unregister | Unregisters the plugin license. | 1.6 |
| Updater.CheckForUpdates | Explicitly checks for updates and displays a progress dialog while doing so. | 6.5 |
| Updater.CheckForUpdatesInBackground | Checks for updates, but does not display any UI unless an update is found. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates | Queries whether automatic update check is enabled. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates | Queries whether automatic update download is enabled. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetFeedURL | Queries the URL of the update feed. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetSendsSystemProfile | Queries whether to send system profile while updating. | 6.5 |
| Updater.LastUpdateCheckDate | Queries the last update check timestamp. | 6.5 |
| Updater.SetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates | Turns automatically checking for updates on or off. | 6.5 |
| Updater.SetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates | Sets whether automatic update download is enabled. | 6.5 |
| Updater.SetSendsSystemProfile | Sets whether to send system profile while updating. | 6.5 |
| Updater.UpdateInProgress | Queries whether an update is in progress. | 6.5 |
| UserNotification.ClearDidActivateNotificationScript | Clears the name for the activate notification handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.ClearDidDeliverNotificationScript | Clears the name for the deliver notification handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.ContentImage | Queries image shown in the content of the notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.Create | Creates a new user notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetActionButtonTitle | Queries current action button title. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetActivationType | Queries how the notification was activated. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetActualDeliveryDate | Queries actual delivery date. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetDeliveryDate | Queries the planned delivery date. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetDeliveryTimeZone | Queries the time zone for this notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetDescription | Queries description for debugging. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetIdentifier | Queries the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.GetInformativeText | Queries the body text of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetOtherButtonTitle | Queries the other button's custom title. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetResponse | Queries the response text. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.GetResponsePlaceholder | Queries the optional placeholder for inline reply field. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.GetSoundName | Queries sound name for notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetSubTitle | Queries the current sub title of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetTitle | Queries current title of notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetUserInfo | Queries application specific user info data. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.HasReplyButton | Queries whether the notification has a reply button. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.Release | Releases a notification reference. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetActionButtonTitle | Sets the title of the button displayed in the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetContentImage | Sets image shown in the content of the notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetDeliveryDate | Sets the delivery date. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetDeliveryTimeZone | Set the time zone to interpret the delivery date in. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetDidActivateNotificationScript | Sets the activation notification action handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetDidDeliverNotificationScript | Sets the delivery notification action handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetHasActionButton | Sets whether notification has an action button. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetHasReplyButton | Sets whether the notification has a reply button. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetIdentifier | Sets the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetInformativeText | Sets the body of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetOtherButtonTitle | Set the localized string to customize the title of the 'Close' button in an alert-style notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetResponsePlaceholder | Sets the optional placeholder for inline reply field. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetSoundName | Sets sound name. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetSubTitle | Sets the subtitle displayed in the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetTitle | Sets the title of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetUserInfo | Stores Application-specific user info that may be retrieved later. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.deliverNotification | Deliver a notification immediately, including animation or sound alerts. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.deliveredNotifications | Queries list of all delivered notifications. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.hasActionButton | Queries whether notification has an action button. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.isPresented | Whether the notification has been presented. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.isRemote | Queries whether this is a remote notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.removeAllDeliveredNotifications | Clear all delivered notifications for this application from the notification center. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.removeDeliveredNotification | Clear a delivered notification from the notification center. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.removeScheduledNotification | Cancels a notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.scheduleNotification | Add a notification to the center for scheduling. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.scheduledNotifications | Queries list of all delivered notifications. | 2.8 |
| Validate.CheckReceipt | Validates the receipt. | 2.2 |
| Validate.Exit | Quits the application with the given error code. | 2.2 |
| Validate.FindReceipt | Finds the receipt by looking up the location of the application. | 2.2 |
| Version | Useful for doing auto-updates from server and version checking. | 1.0 |
| VersionAutoUpdate | Returns the version in the auto update format. e.g. 02040028 | 2.4 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Cancel | Cancels download. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearBeginDownloadHandler | Clears the script called for beginning downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearDidDownloadHandler | Clears the script called for finished downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFailHandler | Clears the script called for failed downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFolder | Clears the download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearProgressHandler | Clears the script called for download progress. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.DownloadedLength | Number of bytes downloaded so far. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ErrorMessage | The last error message from download. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.GetFolder | Queries current defined download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Install | Assigns this webviewer our download delegate. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.MIMEType | Returns the MIME type. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Path | The file path of the downloaded file. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetBeginDownloadHandler | Sets the script called when a download is about to begin. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetDidDownloadHandler | Sets the script called when a download finished. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFailHandler | Sets the script called when a download failed. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFolder | Sets the download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetProgressHandler | Sets the script called when a download made progress. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.URL | Queries current URL. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.expectedContentLength | Returns the expected content length. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.suggestedFilename | Returns a suggested filename. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.textEncodingName | Returns the name of the receiver's text encoding provided by the response's originating source. | 2.7 |
| WebPolicyDelegate.AddMimeType | Adds a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions. | 2.7 |
| WebPolicyDelegate.Install | Assigns this webviewer our policy delegate as a filter to the FileMaker built in delegate. | 2.7 |
| WebPolicyDelegate.RemoveMimeType | Removes a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions. | 2.7 |
| WebView.AllowsAnyHTTPSCertificateForHost | Allows a certain host to allow use of any HTTP certificates. | 6.2 |
| WebView.ClearSelection | Clears selection. | 7.4 |
| WebView.ClickInput | Clicks the specified Input Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Close | Closes a custom webview. | 7.4 |
| WebView.Cookies.ClearForURL | Deletes all cookies for a given website. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Cookies.Count | Queries number of cookies. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Cookies.Query | Queries a property of a cookie. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Copy | Copies current text selection to clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CopyFormattedText | Copies formatted text from webview to clipboard. | 3.1 |
| WebView.Create | Creates a new webview inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CreateOnPopover | Creates a new webview inside the window on top of popover with the given rectangle. | 8.1 |
| WebView.Cut | Cuts current text selection. | 7.4 |
| WebView.DisableJavascriptAlerts | Disables alert() command in Javascript. | 2.5 |
| WebView.EstimatedProgress | Returns the estimated progress of the webviewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.FindByName | Returns a unique ID that references a the web viewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByIndex | Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByTitle | Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FormReset | Resets the Specified Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.FormSubmit | Submits the specified Form | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetAutoResizingMask | Queries auto resizing mask. | 7.5 |
| WebView.GetCustomUserAgent | Queries the current custom user agent string. | 2.9 |
| WebView.GetEditable | Queries the editable state. | 3.0 |
| WebView.GetForm | Returns the name of the form with the given index. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormButtonValue | Gets the value of the specified Button. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormCount | Returns the number of forms on the website which is currently visible in the webviewer. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormInputChecked | Returns the value of the specified check box or radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormInputValue | Returns the value of the specified Input Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectOptions | Queries the possible values of a select element. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectValue | Gets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormTextAreaValue | Returns the value of the specified text area. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormValue | Returns the value from the Specified Field. | 1.3 |
| WebView.GetFormattedText | Queries the current text of the document. | 5.0 |
| WebView.GetHTMLText | Queries the current HTML of the document. | 2.8 |
| WebView.GetHidden | Queries a web viewer’s hidden state. | 7.1 |
| WebView.GetIcon | Queries the favorite icon of current webpage. | 5.0 |
| WebView.GetImage | Returns a property of the image with the given index. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetImageCount | Returns the number of images on the current webpage. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetLink | Returns a property of the link with the given index. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetLinkCount | Returns the number of links on the current webpage. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetPlainText | Queries the current text of the document. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetPreferences | Queries WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetPrintParameter | Queries print parameters | 2.1 |
| WebView.GetSource | Queries the html source from the webviewer. | 1.5 |
| WebView.GetSourceData | Queries the source data from the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.GetTitle | Returns the current title of the web page that is being displayed by the specified WebViewer | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetURL | Queries the current document URL in the webviewer. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GoBack | Moves backward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.GoForward | Moves forward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.InstallCallback | This function needs to be called one time to enable JavaScript to reach out out from the web viewer to run a FileMaker Script. | 1.3 |
| WebView.InstallMultiFileOpenDialog | Installs support to the WebViewer for multiple file selections. | 5.1 |
| WebView.IsLoading | This function returns True if the Specified web viewer is still loading. | 1.4 |
| WebView.LoadHTML | Loads HTML string to webviewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.LoadJavascriptURL | Loads the given javscript URL into the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.LoadURL | Loads the given URL into the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextLarger | Increases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextSmaller | Decreases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextStandardSize | Sets text to standard size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.Passwords.Clear | Clears the list of passwords. | 6.3 |
| WebView.Passwords.Install | Installs the plugin functions which watch for password requests on a webviewer. | 6.3 |
| WebView.Passwords.Set | Stores a password for later. | 6.3 |
| WebView.Paste | Pastes text from clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.Print | Prints the current webview content. | 1.8 |
| WebView.PrintToFile | Prints the current webview content to PDF file. | 4.0 |
| WebView.Release | Releases a web viewer iD. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Reload | Reloads the WebViewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.RenderImage | Renders the webview to a picture. | 2.1 |
| WebView.RenderPDF | Renders the webview to a PDF. | 3.0 |
| WebView.RunJavaScript | Executes the Javascript on the specified webViewer control. | 1.3 |
| WebView.RunJavaScriptReturnTitle | Run the specified JavaScript and then returns the value of the title property to FileMaker. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Screenshot | Takes a screenshot of the area used by the webviewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum | Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition | Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum | Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition | Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.set | Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 5.0 |
| WebView.SearchText | Searches text in a webviewer. | 2.3 |
| WebView.SelectAll | Selects all text in web viewer. | 7.4 |
| WebView.SelectedText | Queries text of current selection. | 5.0 |
| WebView.SetAutoResizingMask | Sets the auto resizing mask. | 7.5 |
| WebView.SetCustomUserAgent | Sets the custom user agent text. | 2.9 |
| WebView.SetEditable | Sets whether the web viewer allows the user to edit its HTML document. | 3.0 |
| WebView.SetFormButtonValue | Sets the value of a Button on the specified form | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputChecked | Sets the value of the specified Check Box or Radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputValue | Sets the value of the specified input element | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormSelectValue | Sets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormTextAreaValue | Sets the value of a Text Area Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormValue | Set the value of the specified Field in a webviewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.SetHidden | Sets a web viewer to be invisible. | 7.1 |
| WebView.SetPreferences | Sets WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.SetPrintParameter | Sets print parameters for Webview.Print method. | 2.1 |
| WebView.SetTitle | Sets the title of the web page that is currently being displayed in the web Viewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.canResetPageZoom | Whether web page can be reset. | 4.1 |
| WebView.canZoomPageIn | Whether web page can be zoomed in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.canZoomPageOut | Whether web page can be zoomed out. | 4.1 |
| WebView.getMediaVolume | Queries the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this webview. | 4.1 |
| WebView.getPageSizeMultiplier | Queries the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.resetPageZoom | Resets the web page zoom. | 4.1 |
| WebView.setMediaVolume | Sets the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this webview. | 4.1 |
| WebView.setPageSizeMultiplier | Sets the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.zoomPageIn | Zooms web page in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.zoomPageOut | Zooms web page out. | 4.1 |
| Webview.AddScriptMessageHandler | Adds a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| Webview.RemoveScriptMessageHandler | Removes a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| Window.Activate | Activates the window. | 2.8 |
| Window.AddBottomOverlay | Adds a control on bottom of the window to hide FileMakers controls behind it. | 5.3 |
| Window.AsPDF | Renders the window as PDF so you can save it in a container value. Includes a JPEG preview. | 2.3 |
| Window.ClearFocus | Clears focus of Window. | 6.1 |
| Window.Current | Queries the reference number of current window. | 5.2 |
| Window.DisableScrollbars | Disables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.9 |
| Window.EnableScrollbars | Enables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.9 |
| Window.Fade | Fades window in or out. | 5.4 |
| Window.FindByIndex | Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.0 |
| Window.FindByTitle | This function can be used to find the Reference to the window. | 1.1 |
| Window.GetAlpha | Queries the current alpha value of the window. | 2.7 |
| Window.GetClassName | Queries the internal class name for the window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetCurrentTag | Queries window tag for current window. | 6.3 |
| Window.GetHeight | Queries height of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetLeft | Queries left of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetMaxHeight | Queries maximum allowed height for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetMaxWidth | Queries maximum allowed width for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetMinHeight | Queries minimum allowed height for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetMinWidth | Queries minimum allowed width for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetTag | Queries tag for window. | 6.3 |
| Window.GetTitle | Get's the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | 1.2 |
| Window.GetTitleVisible | Queries whether title bar of window is visible. | 6.0 |
| Window.GetTitlebarAppearsTransparent | Query titlebar transparency. | 6.0 |
| Window.GetToolbarConfiguration | Returns the toolbar configuration. | 4.3 |
| Window.GetToolbarCustomizationPaletteIsRunning | Returns whether the toolbar customization palette is running (in use). | 4.3 |
| Window.GetToolbarVisible | Returns whether the toolbar is visible. | 4.3 |
| Window.GetTop | Queries top of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetTopMost | Queries whether window is topmost. | 4.2 |
| Window.GetWidth | Queries width of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.HasCloseButton | You can control wether a Window has a close button or not. | 1.1 |
| Window.HasMiniaturizeButton | This function returns the current state of the window's Miniaturize button. | 1.1 |
| Window.HasShadow | This function returns the current state of the Window's Shadow. | 1.1 |
| Window.HasZoomButton | You can control wether a Window has a Zoom button or not. | 1.1 |
| Window.Hide | Hides the window Specified by the Window Reference | 1.0 |
| Window.HideContent | Hides the window content view. | 2.2 |
| Window.HideOverlay | Hides the overlay view on a given window. | 2.3 |
| Window.HideScrollbars | Hides the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.4 |
| Window.IgnoresMouseEvents | Queries whether mouse events are ignored. | 1.1 |
| Window.IsFullScreen | Queries whether window is fullscreen. | 3.0 |
| Window.IsFullScreenAuxiliary | Whether this window is a fullscreen auxiliary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.IsFullScreenPrimary | Whether this window is a fullscreen primary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.IsModified | Queries whether document has been modified. | 1.1 |
| Window.IsVisible | Queries whether a window is visible. | 1.0 |
| Window.List | Queries the list of FileMaker windows. | 3.3 |
| Window.ListCommands | Queries list of commands for window. | 6.5 |
| Window.Maximize | Maximizes window. | 6.0 |
| Window.Minimize | Minimizes window. | 6.0 |
| Window.ModalDialogFront | Checks if there is a front dialog window. | 5.4 |
| Window.Move | Moves the window animated. | 2.2 |
| Window.Resizable | Queries whether window is resizable. | 2.4 |
| Window.Resize | Resizes the window animated. | 2.2 |
| Window.ResizeContentView | Resizes content view of window. | 6.0 |
| Window.RunCommand | Performs a function on a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.RunToolbarCustomizationPalette | Runs the toolbar customization palette. | 4.3 |
| Window.Screenshot | Creates screenshot from a window. | 5.4 |
| Window.Scrollbar.GetScrollElasticity | Queries the elasticity mode of the scrollbar in a FileMaker window. | 6.5 |
| Window.Scrollbar.SetScrollElasticity | Sets the scroll elasticity for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum | Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition | Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum | Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition | Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.set | Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 6.2 |
| Window.ScrollbarsVisible | Whether scrollbars are visible or not in this window. | 2.7 |
| Window.SetAlpha | Set Alpha can be used to set the transparency of a window. | 1.0 |
| Window.SetBounds | Sets the bounds of the window. | 1.0 |
| Window.SetCloseButton | Switches the close button on the window on or off. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetCurrentTag | Set window tag for current window. | 6.3 |
| Window.SetDockImage | Sets the dock image for a window. | 7.5 |
| Window.SetFullScreenAuxiliary | Sets this window to be an auxiliary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.SetFullScreenPrimary | Sets this window to be a primary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.SetIgnoresMouseEvents | Disables mouse input for this window. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetMaxHeight | Sets maximum allowed height for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMaxWidth | Sets maximum allowed width for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMinHeight | Sets minimum required height for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMinWidth | Sets minimum required width for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMiniaturizeButton | This function enables or disables the the Miniaturize Button on a window. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetModified | Sets the modified state of the window. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetResizable | Sets whether window is resizable. | 2.4 |
| Window.SetShadow | Turns shadow on or off. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetShowsToolbarButton | Sets whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not. | 2.4 |
| Window.SetTag | Sets tag for window. | 6.3 |
| Window.SetTitle | Set the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | 1.2 |
| Window.SetTitleVisible | Sets whether title bar of window is visible. | 6.0 |
| Window.SetTitlebarAppearsTransparent | Sets titlebar transparency. | 6.0 |
| Window.SetToolbarConfiguration | Sets the toolbar configuration. | 4.3 |
| Window.SetToolbarVisible | Sets whether the toolbar is visible or hidden. | 4.3 |
| Window.SetTopMost | Sets window to be topmost. | 4.2 |
| Window.SetZoomButton | This function enables or disables the the Zoom Button on a window. | 1.1 |
| Window.Show | Shows the window Specified by the Window Reference. | 1.0 |
| Window.ShowCharacterPalette | Shows the standard MacOS character palette. | 7.2 |
| Window.ShowContent | Shows the window content view. | 2.2 |
| Window.ShowOverlay | Adds an overlay to the window to dark content. | 2.3 |
| Window.ShowScrollbars | Shows the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.4 |
| Window.ShowTableViewDialog | Shows the dialog to modify the fields for table view. | 6.5 |
| Window.ShowsToolbarButton | Queries whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not. | 2.4 |
| Window.ToggleFullScreen | Toggles fullscreen mode for this window. | 3.0 |
| Window.Update | Asks the window to redraw. | 2.8 |
| WindowTransition.Perform | Performs the transitions. | 1.5 |
| WindowTransition.Prepare | Prepare the a transition to apply to the whole screen. | 1.5 |
| WindowTransition.PrepareWindow | Prepare the a transition to apply to the front FileMaker window. | 1.5 |
| WordFile.Append | Appends one word file text to other. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.AppendTableRow | Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.DuplicateTableRow | Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.FieldNames | Queries field names in the file. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetCaseless | Queries caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.GetFieldText | Queries field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetMediaFile | Queries media file in word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.GetXML | Queries xml content of the word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.HasTag | Checks if a tag exists. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.MediaFiles | Queries list of media files in the word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.OpenContainer | Opens a word file from container. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenFile | Opens a word file from file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenText | Opens a word xml file from text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.Parts | Queries names of the parts of the document. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Release | Frees the memory used for the word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.RemoveTableRow | Removes a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.0 |
| WordFile.ReplaceTag | Replaces a placeholder with text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.SetCaseless | Sets caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.SetFieldText | Sets field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.SetMarkers | Sets the markers to look for before/after a tag. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetMediaFile | Sets a media file image. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetXML | Sets the xml for this word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Texts | Extracts text of word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.WriteFile | Writes a file to disk. | 5.4 |
| X509.Description | Provides a description of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Duplicate | Creates a copy of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.IssuerName | The issuer name. | 7.0 |
| X509.Name | The name of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Read | Reads a PEM certificate from text. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromContainer | Reads a certificate from a container value. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromFile | Reads a certificate from a PEM file. | 7.0 |
| X509.Release | Releases the certificate from memory. | 7.0 |
| X509.SerialNumber | Queries the serial number. | 7.0 |
| X509.SubjectName | The subject name. | 7.0 |
| X509.Version | Queries the version of the file. | 7.0 |
| XL.Book.AddCustomNumFormat | Adds a new custom number format to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFont | Adds a new font to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFormat | Adds a new format to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureContainer | Adds a picture to the workbook from container. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureFile | Adds a picture to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddSheet | Adds a new sheet to this book, returns the sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.BiffVersion | Returns BIFF version of binary file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.CustomNumFormat | Returns a custom format string for specified custom format identifier fmt. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheet | Deletes a sheet with specified index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheetsExcept | Deletes all sheets except the one with given name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.FontCount | Returns a number of fonts in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.FormatCount | Returns a number of formats in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetActiveSheet | Returns an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontName | Returns a default font name for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontSize | Returns a default font size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPicture | Returns a picture at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPictureType | Returns a picture type at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRGBMode | Returns whether the RGB mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRefR1C1 | Returns whether the R1C1 reference mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetText | Queries the text of a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.InsertSheet | Inserts a new sheet to this book at position index, returns the new sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.IsDate1904 | Returns whether the 1904 date system is active. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.IsTemplate | Returns whether the workbook is template. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.MoveSheet | Moves a sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.PictureCount | Returns a number of pictures in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.Release | Frees a workbook from memory. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.Save | Writes excel file to container for storing in database. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SaveToFile | Saves current workbook into xls-file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetActiveSheet | Sets an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetDate1904 | Sets the date system mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SetDefaultFont | Sets a default font name and size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRGBMode | Sets a RGB mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRefR1C1 | Sets the R1C1 reference mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetTemplate | Sets the template flag. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SheetCount | Queries how many sheets are part of the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SheetIndexForName | Queries sheet index for sheet name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Sheets | Queries list of sheet names. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Version | Queries version of book. | 7.2 |
| XL.Color.Pack | Packs red, green and blue components in color type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Color.UnPack | Unpacks color type to red, green and blue components. | 3.5 |
| XL.CopyContent | Copies all content from one book to other book. | 5.1 |
| XL.CopyRow | Copies a row from one row to another row. | 6.5 |
| XL.CopySheet | Copies a sheet to another book. | 6.5 |
| XL.Date.DoubleToTimeStamp | Converts a timestamp number to a timestamp value. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.Pack | Packs date and time information into double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Date.TimeStampToDouble | Converts a date to a numeric value for writing in a number cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.UnPack | Unpacks date and time information from double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetBold | Returns whether the font is bold. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetColor | Returns the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetItalic | Returns whether the font is italic. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetName | Returns the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetScript | Returns the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetSize | Returns the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetStrikeOut | Returns whether the font is strikeout. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetUnderline | Returns the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetBold | Turns on/off the bold font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetColor | Sets the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetItalic | Turns on/off the italic font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetName | Sets the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetScript | Sets the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetSize | Sets the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetStrikeOut | Turns on/off the strikeout font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetUnderline | Sets the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignH | Returns the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignV | Returns the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottom | Returns the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottomColor | Returns the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonal | Returns the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalColor | Returns the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalStyle | Gets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeft | Returns the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeftColor | Returns the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRight | Returns the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRightColor | Returns the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTop | Returns the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTopColor | Returns the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFillPattern | Returns the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFont | Returns the font for this format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetHidden | Returns whether the hidden property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetIndent | Returns the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetLocked | Returns whether the locked property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetNumFormat | Returns the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternBackgroundColor | Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternForegroundColor | Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetRotation | Returns the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetShrinkToFit | Returns whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetWrap | Returns whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignH | Sets the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignV | Sets the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorder | Sets the border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottom | Sets the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottomColor | Sets the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderColor | Sets the border color. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonal | Sets the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalColor | Sets the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalStyle | Sets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeft | Sets the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeftColor | Sets the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRight | Sets the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRightColor | Sets the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTop | Sets the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTopColor | Sets the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFillPattern | Sets the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFont | Sets the font for the format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetHidden | Sets the hidden property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetIndent | Sets the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetLocked | Sets the locked property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetNumFormat | Sets the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternBackgroundColor | Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternForegroundColor | Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetRotation | Sets the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetShrinkToFit | Sets the flag whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetWrap | Sets the flag whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Initialize | Initializes the XL library by loading it. | 2.9 |
| XL.IsInitialized | Checks if libXL library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| XL.LoadBook | Loads a Excel file. | 2.9 |
| XL.LoadBookPartially | Loads a Excel file partially. | 8.0 |
| XL.NewBook | Creates a new workbook in memory. | 2.9 |
| XL.Sheet.AddHyperlink | Adds the new hyperlink. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AddIgnoredError | Adds the ignored error for specified range. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AddrToRowCol | Converts a cell reference to row and column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ApplyFilter | Applies the AutoFilter to the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter | Initializes the AutoFilter. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddFilter | Adds the filter value. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Clear | Clear the filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.ColumnSize | Returns the number of specified AutoFilter columns which have a filter information. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Filter | Returns the filter value by index. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterSize | Returns the number of filter values. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterType | Returns the filter type of this AutoFilter column. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetCustomFilter | Gets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetRef | Gets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSort | Gets the zero-based index of sorted column in AutoFilter and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSortRange | Gets the whole range of data to sort. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetTop10 | Gets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetCustomFilter | Sets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetRef | Sets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetSort | Sets the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetTop10 | Sets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsDate | Checks that cell contains a date or time value. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsFormula | Checks that cell contains a formula. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBlank | Checks if cell is blank. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBoolean | Reads a boolean value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBooleans | Reads all the boolean values in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComment | Reads a comment value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComments | Reads all the comments from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDate | Reads a number value from a cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDates | Reads all the dates from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormula | Reads the formula value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormulas | Reads all the formulas from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumber | Reads a number value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumbers | Reads all the numbers from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadText | Reads a text value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadTexts | Reads all the texts from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellType | Queries type of cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlank | Writes a blank cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlanks | Writes blanks to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBoolean | Writes a boolean value into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBooleans | Writes booleans to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComment | Writes a comment to a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComments | Writes comments to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDate | Writes a number into cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDates | Writes dates to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteError | Writes error into the cell with specified format. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormula | Writes a formula into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaBoolean | Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaNumber | Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaText | Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulas | Writes formulas to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumber | Writes a number into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumbers | Writes numbers to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteText | Writes a string into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTexts | Writes texts to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.Clear | Clears cells in specified area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintArea | Clears the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintRepeats | Clears repeated rows and columns on each page. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CopyCell | Copies cell with format from (rowSrc, colSrc) to (rowDst, colDst). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DelHyperlink | Removes hyperlink by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DelMergeByIndex | Removes merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteMerge | Removes merged cells. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteNameRange | Deletes the named range by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellError | Reads error from cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellErrors | Reads all the errors from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormat | Returns cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormats | Reads all the formats from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColHidden | Returns whether column is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidth | Returns column width. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetDisplayGridlines | Returns whether the gridlines are displayed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstCol | Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstRow | Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooter | Returns the footer text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooterMargin | Returns the footer margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryBelow | Returns whether grouping rows summary is below. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryRight | Returns whether grouping columns summary is right. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHCenter | Returns whether the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeader | Returns the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeaderMargin | Returns the header margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHidden | Returns whether sheet is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreak | Returns row with horizontal page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreakCount | Returns a number of horizontal page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLandscape | Returns a page orientation mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastCol | Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastRow | Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginBottom | Returns the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginLeft | Returns the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginRight | Returns the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginTop | Returns the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMerge | Gets merged cells for cell at row, col. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetName | Returns the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetNamedRange | Gets the named range coordianates by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPaper | Returns the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPicture | Returns a workbook picture index at position index in worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintArea | Gets the print area. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintFit | Returns whether fit to page option is enabled. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintGridlines | Returns whether the gridlines are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatCols | Gets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatRows | Gets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRow | Returns whether the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintZoom | Returns the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetProtect | Returns whether sheet is protected. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeight | Returns row height. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHidden | Returns whether row is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetText | Queries the text of a sheet in a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetTopLeftView | Extracts the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVCenter | Returns whether the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreak | Returns column with vertical page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreakCount | Returns a number of vertical page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetZoom | Returns the zoom level of the current view as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupCols | Groups columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupRows | Groups rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Hyperlink | Gets the hyperlink and its coordianates by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.HyperlinkSize | Returns the number of hyperlinks in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertCol | Inserts columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertRow | Inserts rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Merge | Gets the merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.MergeSize | Returns a number of merged cells in this worksheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRange | Gets the named range coordinates by index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRangeCount | Returns the number of named ranges in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.PictureCount | Returns a number of pictures in this worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveCol | Removes columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComment | Removes a comment from a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComments | Removes comments in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveFilter | Removes the AutoFilter from the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveRow | Removes rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RightToLeft | Returns whether the text is displayed in right-to-left mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RowColToAddr | Converts row and column to a cell reference. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetAutoFitArea | Sets the borders for autofit column widths feature. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormat | Sets cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormats | Set cell formats in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCol | Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColHidden | Hides or shows a column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColumn | Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetDisplayGridlines | Sets gridlines for displaying. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetFooter | Sets the footer text for the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryBelow | Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryRight | Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHCenter | Sets a flag that the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHeader | Sets the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHorPageBreak | Sets/removes a horizontal page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetLandscape | Sets landscape or portrait mode for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginBottom | Sets the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginLeft | Sets the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginRight | Sets the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginTop | Sets the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMerge | Sets merged cells for range: rowFirst - rowLast, colFirst - colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetName | Sets the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetNamedRange | Sets the named range. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPaper | Sets the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithScale | Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with scale factor and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithSize | Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with custom size and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintArea | Sets the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintFit | Fits sheet width and sheet height to wPages and hPages respectively. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintGridliens | Sets gridlines for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatCols | Sets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatRows | Sets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRow | Sets a flag that the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintZoom | Sets the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtect | Protects/unprotects the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtectEx | Protects/unprotects the sheet with password and enhanced parameters below. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRightToLeft | Sets the right-to-left mode: Pass 1 and the text is displayed in right-to-left mode, Pass 0 and the text is displayed in left-to-right mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRow | Sets row height and format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRowHidden | Hides or shows a row. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColor | Sets the color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColorRGB | Sets the RGB color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTopLeftView | Sets the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVCenter | ets a flag that the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVerPageBreak | Sets/removes a vertical page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetZoom | Sets the zoom level of the current view. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Split | Splits a sheet at position (row, col). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SplitInfo | Gets the split information (position of frozen pane) in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.Table | Gets the table parameters by index. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.TableSize | Returns the number of tables in the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.Type | Returns type of sheet with specified index. | 7.2 |
| XML.Canonical | Creates canonical xml. | 6.2 |
| XML.ClearVariables | Clears the variables. | 7.0 |
| XML.Colorize | Formats a XML string with color. | 8.2 |
| XML.DeletePath | Delete a xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.ExtractText | Extracts the text from the XML tree. | 7.0 |
| XML.Format | Formats XML document. | 6.2 |
| XML.GetAttribute | Queries text of an attribute. | 7.0 |
| XML.GetPathValue | Queries value in XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.HasAttribute | Queries whether an attribute exists. | 7.0 |
| XML.Import | Imports XML and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Cancel | Cancels current import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.SetBaseFields | Sets the names of the base fields per record. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.SetExtraField | Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.Status | Queries status of xml import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Todo | Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Total | Queries total items to be imported. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Work | Performs import. | 5.4 |
| XML.ListAttributes | Lists attribute names. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeCount | Counts nodes with given name. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeNames | Queries list of node names in an XML. | 7.0 |
| XML.Parse | Parses a XML document. | 7.3 |
| XML.Query | Performs an XPath query. | 3.0 |
| XML.ReadContainer | Reads container content as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.ReadFile | Reads a file as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.Release | Releases an XML object. | 7.3 |
| XML.ReleaseAll | Releases all XML objects. | 7.3 |
| XML.SetPathValue | Sets an xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.SetPathXML | Sets path value with XML sub tree. | 8.1 |
| XML.SetVariables | Creates local variables in script for XML nodes. | 7.0 |
| XML.SubTree | Extracts a given subtree. | 7.0 |
| XML.Validate | Validates XML against schema. | 8.1 |
| XML.ValidateFile | Validates XML against schema. | 8.2 |
| ZipFile.CRCFile | Calculates CRC of a file. | 4.3 |
| ZipFile.Close | Closes the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.CompressFiles | Compresses a few files into a zip archive. | 6.0 |
| ZipFile.CreateFile | Creates a new file in the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.Open | Creates a new zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.SetCompressionLevel | Sets the compression level. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.UsePassword | Sets the password to use for compressing. | 5.1 |
| ZipFile.WriteContainer | Writes a file to the zip archive with content from a container. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteFile | Reads a file and writes it to the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteHex | Writes data into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteText | Writes a text into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
4811 functions.
Feedback: Report problem or ask question.
Links
MBS Xojo PDF Plugins
